Top Banner
Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendices List of Appendices: Appendix A: Semester Reports from Writing Program Staff Members (Spring 2015) Appendix B: Writing Program Summit Program (Spring 2015) Appendix C: Evaluation Survey summary for the Spring 2015 Summit Appendix D: Overview of the 101.10 Course Appendix E: Flyer for the Spring 2015 Writing Research Colloquium Appendix F: Flyer for the Writing Program Internship Appendix G: Flyer and rough draft proposal for the Undergraduate Mentor program Appendix H: Semester Reports for Writing Program Staff Members (Fall 2015) Appendix I: Sample of Training Materials for ENG 101.10 Appendix J: Evaluations for the Fall 2015 Orientation Appendix K: Fall Summit 2015 schedule Appendix L: Fall Summit 2015 Evaluations Appendix M: 2016 Plan for Milner Library Collaboration Appendix N: SelfAssessment Overview document Appendix O: Longitudinal Study Award Application Appendix P: College of Business 145.13 discussion plan Appendix Q: Survey for the ISU writing intensive faculty study
171

Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... •...

Aug 16, 2020

Download

Documents

dariahiddleston
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Writing Program Annual Report – 2015

Appendices

List  of  Appendices:  

• Appendix  A:    Semester  Reports  from  Writing  Program  Staff  Members  (Spring  2015)  

• Appendix  B:    Writing  Program  Summit  Program  (Spring  2015)  

• Appendix  C:  Evaluation  Survey  summary  for  the  Spring  2015  Summit  

• Appendix  D:  Overview  of  the  101.10  Course  

• Appendix  E:    Flyer  for  the  Spring  2015  Writing  Research  Colloquium  

• Appendix  F:    Flyer  for  the  Writing  Program  Internship  

• Appendix  G:  Flyer  and  rough  draft  proposal  for  the  Undergraduate  Mentor  program  

• Appendix  H:  Semester  Reports  for  Writing  Program  Staff  Members  (Fall  2015)  

• Appendix  I:  Sample  of  Training  Materials  for  ENG  101.10  

• Appendix  J:  Evaluations  for  the  Fall  2015  Orientation  

• Appendix  K:  Fall  Summit  2015  schedule  

• Appendix  L:  Fall  Summit  2015  Evaluations  

• Appendix  M:  2016  Plan  for  Milner  Library  Collaboration  

• Appendix  N:    Self-­‐Assessment  Overview  document  

• Appendix  O:  Longitudinal  Study  Award  Application  

• Appendix  P:    College  of  Business  145.13  discussion  plan  

• Appendix  Q:    Survey  for  the  ISU  writing  intensive  faculty  study  

 

 

 

Page 2: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

Appendix  A:    Semester  Reports  for  Spring  2015  End of Semester Report Spring 2015 Grassroots Writing Research Journal Associate Editor Julie Bates

Overview Each semester, Grassroots Writing Research Journal builds off of the progress of previous semesters and continues to serve its primary audience of first-year writing students at Illinois State University with unique examples of writing research. This semester is no exception. The articles in production this semester exemplify thoughtful writing research and include some innovative submissions from undergraduate students plus well-developed submissions from graduate students. In addition, we have a talented team of assistant editors as well as a large group of Guest Reviewers (all of whom are previous Grassroots editors and/or writers) to assist in providing quality feedback on new submissions and to help us move closer to a system similar to what is used by most traditional academic journals. Because previous editors have worked hard to develop a thoughtful and thorough system for each step of the editorial process, this semester the staff has been able to focus less on implementing processes and more on refining what is already in place, while also looking ahead toward future improvements. One key area of emphasis during Spring 2015 was on refining our review process because undergraduate submissions have increased considerably in recent semesters and because we now have enough submissions going through the review process that we have more articles than can fit in upcoming issues of the journal, so we can begin to be more selective of the work we accept for publication. In addition, we have been working on refining our copy editing process to ensure each issue is as error-free as possible. The editorial team for the 6.1 issue of the journal includes the following individuals:

1. Joyce Walker, Editor 2. Julie Bates, Associate Editor 3. Meghann Meeusen, Assistant Editor 4. Laura Skokan, Assistant Editor 5. Sarah Warren-Riley, Assistant Editor 6. Krista Roberts, Assistance Editor 7. Brandi Wells, Assistant Editor 8. Galen Kelly, Assistant Editor 9. Meagan Gaddis, Copyeditor 10. Steve Halle, Copyeditor 11. Danielle Duvick, Copyeditor

The editorial team for the 6.2 issue of the journal includes the following individuals:

1. Joyce Walker, Editor 2. Julie Bates, Associate Editor 3. Sara Warren-Riley, Assistant Editor 4. Meghann Meeusen, Assistant Editor 5. Laura Skokan, Assistant Editor 6. Brandi Wells, Assistant Editor 7. Krista Roberts, Assistant Editor 8. Publications Unit Staff, Copyeditors

Accomplishments/Task Breakdown 1. New Contributions to and Maintenance of Organization and Planning Systems

Page 3: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

  Most of my work this semester has focused on minimal updates to documents that have already been created (including review guidelines for Guest Editors, submission guidelines for writers, templates for Editor Letters and emails, etc.). I continue to update the submissions spreadsheet every time a new article or revision moves to a different step in the process. In addition, creating a more complete, thorough copy editing/style guide is an ongoing task I have been gradually completing as the semester has progressed. As has become a common practice, at the beginning of the Spring 2015 semester I recruited a number of new Guest Editors to assist in reviewing new submissions. For the 6.1 issue of the journal, we had 20 Guest Editors. For the 6.2 issue of the journal, we have worked with 22 Guest Editors on different aspects of the editorial process. All new Guest Editors who started during Spring 2015 were trained during the first couple of weeks of the semester and were provided with an updated version of the “How to Review for the GWRJ” document. One key addition to the editorial process this semester was the hiring of the Publications Unit at ISU to serve as the copyeditor once the entire journal was designed. This involved incorporating this additional step into the editorial calendar and providing the Publications Unit with the necessary information (including the in-progress style guide) to complete the copyediting project. This was a beneficial addition to our editorial process and is one I plan to continue to build into the editorial schedule for future issues of the journal. Another major change to the organization and planning of the journal was the addition of an extra step in the review process for new submissions. Because we received 22 new submissions prior to the beginning of the Spring 2015 semester, we developed the step of adding an initial review of all new submissions to our process. During this review, the associate editor and two assistant editors divvied up the work of reading through all new submissions and categorizing them as (a) ready to move to the first round of the review process or (b) requiring revision and resubmission prior to proceeding. Ten submissions were deemed ready to move to the first round of review; the rest of the authors received a detailed letter from me. Each letter included general revision guidance as well as a paragraph of revision advice specific to the article the author submitted. Although adding this step in the process early in the Spring 2015 semester delayed our editorial schedule for new submissions, it proved beneficial because we did not have to scramble to find enough reviewers to review 22 new submissions when many were not yet ready to be sent to guest editors for review. This is the first step in what will hopefully be a more selective editorial process for new submissions in the future. As a result of this added step in the process, at the end of the Spring 2015 semester I recruited Guest Editors who would be willing to complete a second round of review over summer break because we were not able to get through two full rounds of review within the Spring 2015 semester. Revisions to articles are currently coming in from many writers and will be sent out to Guest Editors for the second round of review in the coming weeks. Additionally, at the end of the spring semester I spent time revamping the editorial schedule to reflect changes that have been made to the process and spent time planning for summer hours and tasks that need to be completed in order to transition the associate editor duties from myself to the incoming associate editor, Sarah Warren-Riley. These tasks will continue through the summer months, as will the work of refining existing organization and planning systems and related documents. 2. 6.1 Issue—Fall 2015

The 6.1 issue of the journal is currently in the pre-press stage with Stipes. It will be printed within the next couple of weeks, which is ahead of schedule from previous semesters. This issue includes 14 new articles (8 written by graduate students, 5 written by undergraduate students, and 1

Page 4: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 collaboratively written by a graduate student and an undergraduate student). I guided the entire 6.1 issue through every step in the editorial process, beginning in the Fall 2014 semester. This involved taking over shepherding a number of undergraduate articles that former associate editor Meghann Meeusen first worked with through the line edit stages. It also involved training and working with a group of four assistant editors from ENG 402 and collaborating with the ENG 402 instructors to guide all of the 402 submissions through the review process. Much of that work happened during the Fall 2014 semester. During the Spring 2015 semester, I focused in specifically on:

• Completing line edits for all articles scheduled to appear in the 6.1 issue • Compiling and editing all images and other visuals scheduled to appear in the 6.1 issue • Coordinating with assistant editors and Joyce Walker on initial copy editing of all

manuscripts, while also conducting a thorough copy edit of each article myself • Working with Joyce to ensure all potential issues related to images, copyright, and discussion

of theory within the journal were adequately addressed before sending the manuscripts and images to Stipes

• Sending all materials to Stipes and working with Brian to ensure issue 6.1 was designed according to our needs

• Contracting with the Publications Units to have the entire designed issue of the journal copyedited, while also reviewing everything in the page proofs myself and compiling all edits to send to Stipes

• Reviewing two rounds of revisions to text and images made by Stipes 3. 6.2 Issue—Spring 2015 During the Spring 2015 semester, I received revised articles from the seven Fall 2014 402 writers whose work is slated to appear in the 6.2 issue of the journal. Those articles will undergo line edits and copy editing over the summer. In addition, during Spring 2015 I worked to continue moving new submissions from undergraduate writers through the editorial process. Currently, four undergraduate articles are ready for line edits over the summer semester and will be published in the 6.2 issue. An additional three undergraduate articles are awaiting their last round of feedback from Guest Editors and I and then, once revisions are submitted, will move on to the line edit stage of the process. Additionally, over the summer I will be working with an undergraduate writer who is writing a new Half-Mile Project interview for the next issue of the journal. This should round out Issue 6.2, although we do also have one graduate article and a couple of undergraduate articles that may be ready to move through an expedited editorial schedule to be published in Isssue 6.2 if needed. Most of the work required to prepare Issue 6.2 for Stipes will be undertaken over the summer months so the issue is ready for manuscript-stage copyediting at the beginning of the Fall 2015 semester. 4. Undergraduate Submissions Of the 22 articles submitted prior to the start of the Spring 2015 semester, all 10 articles that were deemed ready to move through the editorial process are still in progress. Most have already been reviewed and revised and reviewed again, with writers now completing a second round of revision. Of the 12 writers that received revise and resubmit letters, three have submitted revisions that are currently being reviewed by guest editors. An additional three writers expressed interested in submitting at a later date. I would like to mention that assistant editors Sarah Warren-Riley and Laura Skokan have been particularly essential to moving forward all of the work with undergraduate submissions this semester, as initial reviewers of new submissions, anonymous reviewers on many articles at different stages in the process, and as copyeditors. Additionally, assistant editors Brandi Wells and Krista Roberts have been on-call to help with reviewing and copyediting articles as needed. I can’t stress enough how important it is to have talented, reliable assistant editors to help move articles forward.

Page 5: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 All of the Guest Editors have also been vital to moving undergraduate submissions through the editorial process this semester. This semester, we finished working with Grassroots recipient Vanessa Garcia on her article, which was collaboratively written with Laura Skokan. Laura’s involvement was vital to getting that article completed. We expect to receive two more submissions from Grassroots Scholarship recipients in the coming weeks and then will begin planning for a transition to the new undergraduate internship that will begin in the fall. A continuing area of focus for me this semester was assisting ENG 101 and 145 instructors with inclusion of the journal in their classes, both in terms of utilizing the articles as a teaching tool in the classroom and assigning students to write articles as an assignment. I spoke with three ENG 101 classes at ISU about the editorial process and submitting articles to the journal. I also did a Skype session with students in one of Meghann Meeusen’s courses at the institution where she is currently a professor. Laura Skokan also visited two ENG 101 classes for me to speak to students about the journal. Additionally, I worked one-on-one with four honors students from Danielle Cochran’s class to help them refine the articles they were writing as final projects for his course; I have already received an official submission of one of those articles and hope to receive the other three as well. In the last two weeks of the semester, we have already received five new submissions, and we are still a week from our “final” spring submission deadline, so I expect we may receive more. These submissions will be reviewed by incoming associate editor Sarah Warren-Riley and assistant editor Tharini Viswanath over the summer so writers can receive a revise and resubmit letter or be notified that their articles are proceeding through the review process at the beginning of the Fall 2015 semester. 5. Summer Tasks Over the summer my primary goal will be moving all articles slated for inclusion in issue 6.2 through the editing process so they are ready for copyedit when the Fall 2015 semester starts. In addition, I will be finishing up sending revised undergraduate submissions to Guest Editors for review and returning that feedback to writers. I also will be coordinating with Sarah Warren-Riley and Tharini Viswanath to assist as needed as they review new submissions to determine which are ready to proceed through the editorial process and which need further revision. Other tasks on my summer to-do list include:

• Finalizing the updated copyediting/style guide • Updating all process guides for the incoming associate editor • Updating all editorial letter and email templates • Writing the guide to teaching with issue 6.1 for the fall summit • Working with incoming associate editor Sarah Warren-Riley to transition duties to her • Updating the new website as needed with Grassroots materials, including a 5 Tips for

Submission post, links to PDFs of all issue 5.2 articles, and descriptions of all new 6.1 articles Hours In total, I worked 160.5 hours this semester, which includes 16 weeks of the term in addition to hours preparing for the semester over winter break. I can provide further details regarding the breakdown of my activities or produce charts and graphs upon request. My hour sheet can also be found in the GWRJ Associate Editor Dropbox account under “Hour Logs and Reports.” Recommendations

Page 6: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 Based on my experiences this semester, I have a few recommendations for next semester and the future of the journal, summarized below. Organizational Systems and Documentation

• I recommend continued use of Dropbox to store and share files. However, we did have a few “scares” when guest editors thought they were deleting files only from their computers but actually deleted files from the Dropbox folder itself. I was able to recover those files, but it underscored the need for backing up all files we have on Dropbox. I would recommend that the writing program purchase a portable hard drive or other form of file storage for backup purposes.

• I believe that the documents that have been currently created in regard to templates, process documents, and tracking documents all are functional and useful in their current form. However, continual revising and revamping will be necessary as processes change.

Editorial System

• The system Meghann implemented in Spring 2014, in which the Associate Editor works closely with an Associate Editor-in-Training during the spring semester, who will then take over the editor position in the year to come, seems to be an effective process. I would like to see this continue as it helps with a smooth transition between editors.

• As I mentioned above, I can’t stress enough the importance of enlisting dedicated, quality assistant editors to assist with the editorial process. Ongoing training and recruitment of quality editors should continue to be a top priority for future associate editors.

• Continued recruitment of Guest Editors is also vital to the success of the journal. • I hope the new copyediting process, in which the Publications Unit is hired to do the

final copyedit on the entire journal, will continue to be useful for future editors. I find hiring trained copyeditors for the final review to be a worthwhile use of journal funds because of the quality work they do and because it helps to ease the associate editor’s workload.

New Submissions

• I do think that the revise and resubmit letter we developed this semester needs some more revision to clarify that only substantial revisions will be accepted; some of the revisions we received this semester were not substantial enough to warrant acceptance, but because we were not explicit enough in that letter, we went ahead and accepted them anyway. In the future, it may be necessary to begin to reject submissions that are not appropriate for the journal outright rather than encouraging revision and resubmission in order to be mindful of the number of articles already in process and editors’ workloads.

• I hope that future editors might have time to engage more directly with ENG 145 instructors to encourage them to assign Grassroots articles to read and write in their classes. It would be great to see more new submissions from students in ENG 145 classes.

• I also hope future editors may be able to work more with recruiting additional undergraduate, graduate, and faculty submissions from outside institutions, as that seems like a great way to grow and improve the journal moving forward.

                   

Page 7: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 Spring  2015  Semester  Report,  Writing  Program  Outreach  Coordinator  (Emily  Johnston)    Breakdown  of  Spring  2015  Semester  Hours      

   This  semester,  I  spent  the  majority  of  my  hours  on  transitional  work:  revamping  the  Undergraduate  Fellowship  Program  into  a  Grassroots  Internship  Program  (launching  in  Fall  2015),  and  preparing  a  training  packet  of  materials  &  resources  for  David  Giovagnoli  who  will  take  over  the  Outreach  Coordinator  position  in  Fall  2015.  In  addition,  I  assisted  with  outreach-­‐  and  program-­‐related  projects,  including  helping  the  Experimental  Teaching  Group  to  produce  documents  for  K-­‐12  teachers  on  genre  studies/activity  theory  approaches  to  writing  instruction,  and  representing  the  Writing  Program  on  the  Critical  Inquiry  Committee  as  it  works  to  form  greater  alignment  between  the  COMM  and  ENG  courses  as  well  as  Milner  Library.  Other  hours  went  towards  assisting  the  current  undergraduate  fellows  with  their  Colloquium  presentations  and  GWRJ  articles,  attending  weekly  meetings  with  the  Writing  Program  Director,  and  bi-­‐  weekly  meetings  with  the  Writing  Program  Leadership  Team.  Since  this  was  my  final  semester  as  the  Outreach  Coordinator,  this  semester  report  is  longer  than  usual.  I  added  in  links  in  this  document  (where  necessary)  to  resources  related  to  my  Spring  Semester  activities.  I  have  also  added  in  notes  on  any  follow-­‐up  work  needed  during  Summer  and  Fall  2015.  I  hope  this  will  facilitate  a  smooth  transition  for  David  Giovagnoli  to  “hit  the  ground  running”  in  Fall  2015.    General  P.A.  Duties  (80  hours)      Throughout  spring  semester,  I  assisted  with  multiple  outreach-­‐  and  program-­‐related  projects,  in  addition  to  doing  my  general  duties  as  a  Program  Assistant  for  the  Writing  Program.  I  refer  to  this  work  as  “General  P.A.  Duties”  as  this  term  encompasses  both  the  regular  tasks  the  outreach  coordinator  is  responsible  for,  as  well  as  miscellaneous  tasks  assisting  other  team  members  with  their  projects.    •  Fall  2015  Summit  on  Writing  Instruction:  I  worked  with  the  Professional  Development  Coordinator  and  Writing  Program  Director  to  determine  which  new  ENG  101  learning  

Page 8: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

   outcomes  to  offer  workshops  on  at  the  Fall  Summit  (to  be  held  on  8/14/15),  and  to  solicit  &  confirm  roundtable  commentators  for  these  workshops.  Here  are  the  results  of  that  work:  o  CHAT  (L.O.  #5):  D.C.  Cochran  has  agreed  to  commentate.  Ana  Roncero-­‐Bellido  signed  up  initially,  but  is  no  longer  available.  Olga  Cochran  also  signed  up,  but  has  not  responded  to  follow-­‐up  emails.  I  recommend  that  we  find  at  least  one  more  person  to  commentate  during  this  workshop,  either  by  following-­‐up  once  more  with  Olga,  or  by  soliciting  someone  else.  o  Uptake  &  Antecedent  Knowledge  (L.O.  #6):  Meg  Gregory  has  agreed  to  commentate.  Rob  Rowan  has  also  agreed  to  commentate,  if  he  is  teaching  in  the  program  as  a  post-­‐  doc  in  Fall  2015.  The  two  others  who  initially  signed  up  but  have  not  responded  to  follow-­‐up  emails  are  Mark  Fotenhauer  and  Oriana  Gilson.  I  recommend  that  we  find  at  least  one  more  person  to  commentate  during  this  workshop,  either  by  following-­‐up  once  more  with  Mark  and  Oriana,  or  by  soliciting  others.  o  (Multi)modalities  &  (Multi)media  (L.O.  #7):  Andrew  James  has  agreed  to  commentate.  I  recommend  that  we  find  at  least  one  more  person  to  commentate  during  this  workshop.  o  Cultural  &  Ethical  Impacts  (L.O.  #8):  Kristen  Strom  and  Cristina  Sánchez-­‐Martín  have  agreed  to  commentate.  I  think  we  are  all  set  for  this  workshop!    •  Undergraduate  Mentors  Project:  I  worked  with  the  Writing  Program  Director  to  develop  a  strategic  plan  and  promotional  flyer  for  this  project,  which  aims  to  bring  together  students  from  diverse  writing  and  life  experiences  to  mentor  their  peers  in  ENG  101.  Here  is  the  plan:    o  We  expect  that  mentors  will  first  take  a  special  section  of  ENG  101  in  their  first  (Fall  2016)  semester  at  ISU,  which  will  cover  regular  ENG  101  content  and  also  how  to  share  learning  with  future  ISU  students.  o  In  their  second  (Spring  2017)  and  third  (Fall  2017)  semesters,  mentors  will  attend  different  ENG  101  classes,  work  with  101  instructors  to  design  materials  &  resources  for  students,  and  hold  mentoring  sessions  with  students.  o  We  hope  to  be  able  to  pay  mentors  $10/hour  in  their  mentoring  semesters  (Spring  &  Fall  2017).  This  will  depend  on  grants  and  other  funding  sources.  o  The  Writing  Program  hopes  to  launch  this  project  in  Fall  2016.  We  began  publicizing  the  Mentors  Project  this  semester  by  distributing  a  promotional  flyer  at  the  English  Studies  Showcase  (held  on  4/25/15),  in  which  juniors  from  diverse  high  schools  in  the  Chicago  area  came  to  ISU  to  learn  about  the  university  and  specifically,  the  English  Department.  The  promotional  flyer  can  be  found  in  the  WPLT  Dropbox  folder/Outreach  Coordinator/Undergraduate  Mentors  Project.    • Writing  Program  Professional  Development  Plan:  As  part  of  the  Writing  Program’s  efforts  

to  improve  professional  development  resources  for  non-­‐tenure  track  faculty  and  other  advanced  instructors,  I  worked  with  the  Writing  Program  Director  to  compose  and  submit  a  proposal  for  the  Teaching-­‐Learning  Innovations  Grant  sponsored  by  ISU’s  Center  for  Teaching,  Learning,  and  Technology.  This  grant  would  provide  funds  (up  to  $2500)  for  the  Writing  Program  to  facilitate  an  all-­‐day  professional  development  workshop,  for  non-­‐tenure  track  faculty  and  other  advanced  instructors,  on  taking  up  the  new  ENG  101  learning  outcomes  in  their  teaching  practices.  We  submitted  the  proposal  on  April  24,  2015.  If  awarded  this  grant,  funds  will  be  available  to  us  after  July  1,  2015.  The  final  draft  of  the  

Page 9: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

proposal  can  be  found  in  the  WPLT  Google  Drive/Program  Funding  folder:  https://docs.google.com/document/d/1gd10cXJm-­‐  

9EGIARsNtqe5loW6qf0Hg5sbLNojDSs6TY/edit.    •  New  ENG  101  Learning  Outcomes:  I  assisted  with  the  Writing  Program’s  new  ENG  101  Learning  Outcomes  (to  be  implemented  in  Fall  2015)  by  providing  feedback  on  rough  drafts  of  the  outcomes  and  taking  notes  on  instructors’  uptakes  of  and  comments  about  the  new  outcomes  at  the  town  hall  meetings  in  March  2015.  These  notes  can  be  found  in  the  WPLT  Google  Drive  folder/Learning  Outcomes:  https://docs.google.com/document/d/1_h70x5JNnqDOWTb6V27XLrSvVP_rbF9DNuZ9Gh  mhX4U/edit.    •  Speaker  Series:  I  worked  with  Maegan  Gaddis  to  finalize  Kathleen  Yancey’s  itinerary  for  the  Fall  2015  Speaker  Series.  Kathleen  will  visit  ISU  Oct  6-­‐8.  Maegan  has  purchased  her  flight,  and  reserved  her  hotel  room  at  the  Marriott.  For  copies  of  the  flight  and  hotel  itineraries,  please  email  Maegan  Gaddis.  Kathleen’s  schedule  is  as  follows:  o  Tues,  10/6:  Kathleen  arrives.  Research  talk:  7pm,  STV  401.  (Room  is  already  reserved.)  o  Wed,  Oct  7:  Kathleen  visits  ENG  402:  5:30-­‐8:20pm.  o  Thurs,  Oct  8:  Kathleen  departs.    Over  the  summer,  I  will  continue  correspondence  with  Kathleen  to  obtain  her  bio,  research  talk  abstract,  and  other  materials  related  to  her  visit.  David  Giovagnoli  will  takeover  as  the  coordinator  for  Kathleen’s  visit  beginning  in  August  2015.  I  recommend  that  David  begin  actively  planning  the  specifics  of  Kathleen’s  various  visit  activities  by  the  start  of  Fall  Orientation.    •  Meetings:  Most  weeks,  I  attended  one-­‐on-­‐one  meetings  with  the  Writing  Program  Director  (10  meetings  total).  I  attended  WPLT  group  meetings  every  other  week  (7  meetings  total).      •  Emails:  I  spent  roughly  1  hour  each  week  on  email  correspondence  related  to  the  different  projects  I  worked  on  this  semester.    •  Miscellaneous:  I  spent  several  hours  developing  my  workplan  and  semester  report  for  Spring  2015.  I  staffed  the  Writing  Program  Space  while  Maegan  Gaddis  and  Nancy  McKinney  could  not  be  there.  I  updated  the  website,  as  needed,  on  projects  coordinated  by  the  Outreach  Coordinator.  I  also  worked  to  prepare  David  Giovagnoli  to  take  over  the  Writing  Program  Outreach  Coordinator  position  in  Fall  2015.  David  and  I  met  in  person  to  discuss  the  position  (4/24/15),  and  I  am  also  creating  a  training  packet  for  David  detailing  the  various  projects  the  outreach  person  coordinates  and  providing  links  to  and  documents/other  resources  relevant  to  this  position.  This  packet  will  be  completed  and  sent  to  David  before  Fall  Orientation  begins  (by  August  2015).    GWRJ  Fellowship  Program  (42  hours)      This  semester,  I  worked  on  the  Fellowship  Program  in  three  capacities:      •  Coordinating  and  facilitating  the  Grassroots  Spring  Colloquium  (held  on  2/26/15),  which  involved  mentoring  Fellows  Kayla  Scott  and  Stephanie  Behnke  with  their  colloquium  

Page 10: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

presentations,  as  well  as  inviting  past  Grassroots  authors  to  present  on  their  articles  (Thaddeus  Stoklasa  and  Scott  Pyrz—GWRJ  5.2).      •  Helping  the  current  fellows  with  their  colloquium  presentations  and  Grassroots  articles  on  a  CHAT  analysis  of  the  artist  statement  genre  (Kayla  Scott)  and  the  activity  of  interpersonal  apologies  among  ISU  undergraduates  (Stephanie  Behnke).  The  fellows  will  submit  full  drafts  of  their  articles  to  the  GWRJ  Editors  by  the  upcoming  spring  deadline  (5/16/15).    •  Working  to  launch  the  Grassroots  Internships,  a  revised  version  of  the  Fellowship  Program,  which  will  launch  in  Fall  2015.  The  Writing  Program  Director  and  other  WPLT  members  helped  me  develop  and  revise  a  plan  for  revamping  our  Fellowship  Program  into  a  paid  Internship  Program,  which  will  focus  more  on  students  doing  editorial  work  for  GWRJ  and  supporting  the  Writing  Program  generally.  The  proposal  outlines  several  key  changes:  (1)  establishing  a  more  direct  link  between  students’  research  studies  and  the  work  of  the  Grassroots  Writing  Research  Journal;  (2)  emphasizing  the  activities  of  being  writing  researchers  more;  and  (3)  appealing  more  to  undergraduates’  “real-­‐world”  trajectories  by  calling  the  fellowship  an  internship—a  term  that  more  accurately  reflects  the  work  students  do  and  that  carries  more  cultural  currency  on  students’  resumes.  The  program  revamp  document  can  be  found  in  the  WPLT  Google  Drive/Grassroots  Undergraduate  Fellowship  Program  folder:  https://docs.google.com/document/d/1GoEYjJeo0NWQSoIBrw6QsTPmu438Q7Qug5RnTh2  IZ1Q/edit.  I  also  produced  a  promotional  flyer,  which  can  be  found  in  the  WPLT  Dropbox  folder/Outreach  Coordinator/Grassroots  Writing  Research  Scholarships,  which  describes  the  internships  in  detail.  We  sent  this  flyer  to  the  English  Department  Internship  Director,  who  forwarded  it  to  undergraduate  English  majors.  As  a  result,  we  received  several  applications,  interviewed  those  applicants,  and  have  selected/confirmed  two  interns  for  2015-­‐16:  Annie  Hackett  and  Nathan  Schmidt.  The  next  outreach  coordinator  will  work  closely  with  Maegan  Gaddis  (program  supervisor)  and  Joyce  Walker  (faculty  mentor)  to  work  with  interns—not  by  closely-­‐mentoring  them  in  writing  GWRJ  articles  as  we  have  done  in  the  past,  but  in  ensuring  that  interns  are  tracking  their  work  as  interns  and  representing  that  work  in  the  form  of  a  “Writing  for  the  GWRJ/Becoming  A  Writing  Researcher”  blog  on  our  website.    Critical  Inquiry  Committee  (16  hours)      This  semester,  I  served  as  a  Writing  Program  Representative  on  the  CIC—a  spot  the  Writing  Program  Director  usually  fills.  As  a  representative,  I  presented  with  other  CIC  members  at  the  CTLT  Teaching  &  Learning  Symposium  (1/7/15),  attended  regular  CIC  meetings,  composed  a  semester  plan  for  and  summary  of  the  role  ENG  plays  in  the  CIC  (https://docs.google.com/document/d/1jW9itbc7Rx6F2bgX8QWgNEC_FQH3eUabZnMJz6f4iB  Q/edit),  and  prepared  a  document  for  instructors  and  librarians  working  with  both  the  COMM  110  and  ENG  101  programs.  That  document,  which  can  be  found  in  the  WPLT  Google  Driver  folder/Critical  Inquiry  (https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/0Bzy4RCQC-­‐  GeSMDdTVHB5UkNtc0U/0Bzy4RCQC-­‐  GeSZUhxZWxxaWRCT1U/0B8FeI9sVi8LKYTJZSUJnUWFlNVE/0B0vrL-­‐  DffM_dRENvODBualA2aEE),  summarizes  areas  of  alignment  discussed  at  the  Critical  Inquiry  Colloquium  (1/8/15)  and  offers  recommendations  for  building  greater  alignment.    

Page 11: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

K-­‐12  Outreach  (12  hours)      This  semester,  I  helped  Deb  Riggert-­‐Kieffer  run  the  Experimental  Teaching  Groups  on  K-­‐12  outreach.  I  attended  regular  meetings  with  Michelle  Wright-­‐Dottore,  an  ETG  participant,  and  helped  the  ETG  prepare  documents  for  K-­‐12  instructors  on  genre  studies/activity  theory  approaches  to  writing  instruction.  Those  documents  have  been  compiled  and  posted  by  Deb.      

 Professional Development Coordinator End-of-Semester Report Michelle Wright Dottore May 5, 2015 *For a week to week breakdown, please refer to the Excel PDC Hours Log for Spring 2015.

 Note:  Summit  hours  includes  only  hours  for  the  Fall  2015  Summit  and  does  not  

reflect  the  46.75  hours  for  the  Spring  2015  Summit  before  the  start  of  the  semester  

5%  

29%  

7%  11%  10%  

11%  

18%  

9%  Spring 2015 Semester

Tasks 9.25  54.5  12.75  

Summit    

Podcasts    

Half-­‐Mile    

1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10   11   12   13   14   15   16  

7.5   6.25  5.25  9.25  11.25  9.25  

14  

10.25  12.5  

17  

10.5  11  13  

19.75  17  

10.25  

My Weekly Hours

-­‐-­‐-­‐Spring  Semester  2015-­‐-­‐-­‐  

Spring  Summit  46.75  

 6    

 Finals  week  

Page 12: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

After  the  Spring  2015  Writing  Summit,  the  beginning  of  the  semester  demands  decrease  significantly  but  then  steadily  build  throughout  the  semester.  Since  my  tasks  are  often  event-­‐

based,  hours  culminate  in  surges  throughout  the  semester  weeks,  with  the  end  of  the  semester  becoming  the  most  active.  

• Let’s CHAT Podcast Series and the BEYOND 101 Student Podcast Series:

54 hours, 29% Recruiting, scheduling, and collaborating with 101 instructors, Technology Coordinator, and Podcast host to create and expand multimodal resources for our program on topics, current trends, and research relevant to instructors as means of fostering professional development as well as enhancing program visibility. This semester’s special focus was not using these podcasts as a part of our website resources, but also new orientation materials for future classes. Three Podcasts were recorded with instructors as guest speakers and with one Podcast featured returning 101 students. Let’s CHAT Podcast Series Spring 2015: Installment 1, Episode 10 “First Year Reflections: The PhD Edition” Monday, March 2, 5:30 pm - 6:30 pm Instructors: David Giovagnoli, Sarah Warren-Riley, Tharini Viswanath Host Thaddeus Stoklasa Producer Michelle Wright Tech and Editor Laura Skokan Let’s CHAT Podcast Series Spring 2015: Installment 2, Episode 11 “First Year Reflections: The MA Edition” Monday, March 23rd, 6:00 - 7:00 pm Instructors Shannon Harman, Bradley Poling, Maclain Scott, Andrew Trevarrow, Host Thaddeus Stoklasa Producer Michelle Wright Tech and Editor Laura Skokan Let’s CHAT Podcast Series Spring 2015: Installment 3, Episode 12 "Advanced Instructors:: Tricks of the Trade” Friday April 17, 6:00 pm - 7:00 pm Instructors Gretchen Frank, Emily Johnston Host Thaddeus Stoklasa Producer Michelle Wright Tech and Editor Laura Skokan The overall objectives of the Writing Program’s Let’s CHAT Podcast Series include eight vital components:

• To use current research and theory in Writing Studies and related fields of research, learning, and literacy.

• To explore the specific use of research in genre studies and CHAT, learning transfer and cognition.

• To move beyond just learning about composition theories and research and to enact it. • To observe how traces of theory and research make their way in our daily literate practices • To incorporate what we are learning into our personal knowledge as literate citizens • To bring together interested members of our community to talk about praxis

Page 13: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

• To capture the knowledge and expertise of program instructors and practitioners and share this as resource to others including but not limited to other instructors, students, and future classes coming to ISU

• To cultivate professional development and to participate in disciplinary conversation of Writing Studies

The audience includes program practitioners, instructors, students, and members of local community as well as any website audience interested in current conversation in Writing Studies New goals for this semester is continue making this professional development series consisting of a more streamlined and familiar format, including using bumper music, having intros and outros, adhering more to a shorter recording time, and scripting with general talking points on the topic at hand (rather than simply interviewing guests) to underscore our goals of exploring current Writing Studies research and theory, cultivating continued profession development, and participating in the conversations, while creating more accessible, more engaging, and more collaborative resource. Another change was shortening our invited speakers’ total commitment time for prep and recording to one hour (rather than one and half hours) to help open up more possibilities in finding the best day and time for everyone to meet up. In order to make this change, the support crew would participate in the same Doodle Poll as the invited speakers but would know that the one time slot would have to pushed back by 30 minutes or so to allot for set up and prep that did not require the invited speakers to be there.

Beyond 101 Spring 2015 Podcast… First Installment, Episode Two Monday, April 6th, 5:30-6:30 ISU students Jamie Campbell and John Golden Host Michelle Wright Producer Laura Skokan The student episode inspired more development and created momentum that this podcast series could really become something special for students and instructors in the program. Looking to the future and trying to consider ways to allow for more involvement of other instructors and their students turned into a conversation about the logistics, such as continuing the database of potentially interested students who would be willing to come back next semester or anytime in the future to participate with other fellow formers students in a podcast that then could be perhaps hosted by their former instructor or other students. While visiting current composition classes and promoting the student podcast definitely generates interest, possibly becoming the best means to acquire the names and email addresses of students who might like to join us for this future recording opportunity, this semester another promotion plan was implemented, which included making materials (letter to instructors, notice emails, bookmarks, and questionnaires) and putting them into instructor mailboxes to have instructors promote this for our program. Another idea in the works is how to further promote these, what themes and topics that the actual recordings could include, and how to promote their use by program instructors as a potentially enriching resource. Future goals would be to have these podcast more student-generated, with student hosting, generating the topics, talking points, and questions. Contributing to Program Website: Creating various documents, links, and resources for instructors as well as for students, parents, community members, field colleagues, and any others, wanting to know more about our program and our disciplinary frameworks.

• Half-Mile Project 12.75 hours, 7%

Community Guest Speaker Jenn Rients

Page 14: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

Monday, April 20, 2015 9:00-10:00 am Instructor Tharini Viswanath and ENG 101 class Producer Michelle Wright ISU Writing Program’s Half-Mile Project is invested in writing research and writing researchers and seeks to uncover new information about what happens when people try to compose particular texts in particular situations. Therefore, we invite people from our local community, people with real-world experience to talk to students about their real-world literate practices. The audience includes program practitioners, instructors, students, and members of local community as well as any website audience interested in current conversation in Writing Studies. A continuing goal for the Half-Mile Project is maximizing its applicability as resource for more instructors and students in the program. One of the ways of maximizing its applicability is by making the video footage of the event more accessible by clipping and writing promotional previews for our program website. The goal of this clips and promotional previews is really focus on the instructional and student value, situating the clips within our Writing Program’s key concepts and terms while at same time using a conversational tone to enhance their applicability as a quick but engaging resource. My goal here was to keep these clips and promotional previews specific enough without compromising the potential broad appeal, thereby aiming to offer everyone the freedom of zooming in on specific but brief moments of interest. The goals of these previews are to highlight the actual questions posed by students and hinting at the guest speaker’s replies without giving too much information in hopes to peak curiosity. Overall, each clip should try to compliment, correspond, or offer a brief but insightful example of WP curriculum and the projects and activities (including Grassroots) that many instructors already use. As these clips were previewed at the Spring Writing Summit 2015, it seems that reception of these resources were quite positive, though I do not have any hard data on the amount of activity that these clips received over the course of the semester, which could be something we might want to collect in the future. This semester’s Half-Mile was happy to have Jenn Rients to join us. Compositions that Share & Care: Writing to Empower Families Jenn Rients, Regional Coordinator for the Parents Care + Share program, has been employed with Children’s Home + Aid (formerly The Children’s Foundation) in Bloomington for 16 years, which provides support group services for parents and caregivers, along with accompanying children’s groups. In charge of 16-20 groups at any given time within the Central Illinois Region, Jenn creates promotional materials for individual groups and the program as a whole, recruits and manages volunteers, and serves on a number of committees, advisory boards, and coalitions in McLean County and the surrounding areas. Jenn also heads up the annual “Blue Bow Campaign,” occurring each April in conjunction with National Child Abuse Prevention Month. Jenn’s vision is to bring education, confidence, and inspiration to parents and caregivers, and thereby to their children. Now that’s composition that shares and cares! What’s new this semester is advertising and moving up the timeline of this event. In the past the instructor awarded the opportunity to for their class to attend the talk has been done at the Writing Summit, which is after instructors have prepared and completed their curriculum plans for the semester. Therefore, being the recipient instructor of this opportunity denotes having to alter plans that have already taken shape, which may contribute to less interest in participating in it. This semester we moved up the timeline and attempted to award this opportunity at the end of the semester, thereby giving the recipient instructor more time to incorporate this event and the enriching engagement that it is into their actual plans for the next semester. However, this might not have been well received as we would have like, perhaps because it went out the last week of classes.

Page 15: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

Winning Compositions! Don’t Scramble in the Writing Trenches: Get a Play-Action Pass from a Coach Gaddis Huddle up! Wes Gaddis, football player and coach with over twenty-five years of experience, will be visiting this Fall Semester to talk with students about how he tackles writing situations. Wes Gaddis played quarterback in high school and has served as Assistant, Defensive Coordinator, Offensive Coordinator, and Head Coach. Helping players from diverse neighborhoods, such as Clinton, Olympia (Stanton), Decatur, Downs, and our own backyard, Bloomington-Normal, Coach Gaddis’s accomplishments include: 2004 #2 Defense in the Conference, 2008 and 2011 Little League Runners-up, 2009 and 2010 Little League Champs, 2012 #1 Defense in the Conference, 2013 Conference Champs, 2013 State Title Runners-Up, and 2014 Playoff contender. Touch Down! Coach Gaddis frequently litters his daughters’ homework with random football plays that pop into his head. If you want to score extra points with your composition students this fall, zip an email. Now that’s forward progress!

Contributing to Program Website: Creating various documents, links, and resources for instructors as well as for students, parents, community members, field colleagues, and any others, wanting to know more about our program and our disciplinary frameworks.

• Writing Summit Fall 2015:

9 hours, 5% (There was a total of 46.75 hours for the Spring 2015 Writing Summit.)

Writing Program's Fall 2015 Summit, which will be held that Friday before classes resume, August 14, 9:00 am—4:00 pm. This fall’s Summit hopes to continue to offer everyone different options in a hybrid style conference in order to maximize engagement and interaction as well as to give individual instructors time to take up the new learning objectives and incorporate these as a special point of focus of their professional development over the next 2015/2016 school year. Basic Summit format is as follows: Morning Concurrent Sessions: There will be two concurrent sessions, with a total of 8 possible sessions during the morning portion of our Summit. Instructors may propose a solo presentation, or work with colleagues to propose a panel. Sessions are 50 minutes. We are very open to your ideas/suggestions and have thought up a few possible topics to help spark your inspiration! Afternoon Discussion/Breakout/Workshop Groups: While the morning Concurrent Sessions are open and the formatting will be the same as before, the Fall 2015 Summit will see some changes to the afternoon session in which are goal is to transform the breakout groups into workshops where individual instructors will have the opportunity to work on one of the four new and revised writing program learning outcomes and come up with a plan on how they hope to work with it in the coming semester. Wrap Up: These changes are in line with the next Program Assessment where instructors will be able to discern how their students performed in the eight revised program learning outcome areas. Therefore, the breakout groups have been augmented to enhance a sense of individual-instructor responsibility for their own professional development. Special attention for this Summit included the goal of increasing instructor accountability to these ends, so we can say in good confidence that the eight critical areas of professional development have been met. Roundtable discussions will begin with volunteer commentators with members of the WPLT hosting/moderating these talks and culminate with breakout groups discussing the application of a certain learning goal within their curriculum and lesson plans in a workshop that provides time for instructors to map out individually how they plan on addressing their own goals.

Page 16: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

• Meetings with WPLT and the Director for planning and development 20 hours, 11%

Meetings include time spent with Director, Office Manager, and any official sort of business.

• Event Reporting, recording, logging, archiving, and upkeep of records 17.25 hours, 9%

Extensive records are kept, detailing email, invites, and events that went out as well as keeping a color coded log of hours in order to collect data on the semester.

• Other WPLT, including helping other members of the team during special events

18 hours, 10%

The majority of these hours were spent helping the 145 Coordinator and the Outreach Coordinator with the Spring Semester 2015 Experimental Teaching Group. Our goal is a K through 12 teacher preparation initiatives that seeks to introduce genre studies and activity theories as well as “writer researcher” models to K through 12 school settings, which included developing a glossary of writing program terms and lesson plans that could be implemented in elementary, middle, and secondary schools and classrooms. The efforts toward this initiative culminated in a proposal for NTCE as well as a group presentation for Word’s Worth Graduate Conference Symposium on April 17th, in which many pre-service teachers attended. Deb Riggert-Keiffer was the moderator and lead. Kristen Strom focused on implementing in high schools; Dan Hummels focused on implementing in middle schools; and Maclain Scott focused on implanting in elementary schools. My role in the presentation was to introduce the “writer researcher” model and situate its applicability within current school contexts as well as English Studies models. My contribution to the PowerPoint portion of the presentation included added graphics, transitions, special effects, and process metaphors to help attendees situate these practices in their own contexts. Additional hours here involve helping the Outreach Coordinator with the Grassroots Colloquium and promotional materials for that as well as the new and upcoming mentorship program.

• Other WPLT and department work, such as helping out with the English Studies Showcase, 20.75, 11%

English Studies Showcase held Saturday April 25, 2015 is a diversity recruitment initiative by the Department of English, inviting junior and senior students from local diverse areas to Stevenson Hall to learn more about ISU and our undergraduate English Studies programming in hopes to attract more diverse students to our programs. My duties included designing the program as well as helping out the day of the event with programming and registration.

• Special event of representing our writing program presenting with last year’s Experimental Teaching Group on Uptake Genres at the CCCC, 34 hours,

18% Excitedly, last year’s Experiment Teaching Group, members Elizabeth Williams, Julie Bates, Angela Sheets, and I were selected to present a workshop on Uptake and Uptake Genres at the CCCC in Tampa on March 18th, in which I chaired our

Page 17: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

workshop committee. Each member had a hand in the design, implementation, and delivery of the workshop, which culminated in a packet of resources for participants and instructors in our program. Elizabeth tended to the script for the day of the event, fine turning the interactive activities. Angela and Julie collected uptake genre samples and helped to situate the scholarship and terms. I added to the samples, and brought the parts and sections together, bridging, writing, editing, and breaking down the complexities into more consumable bits and graphic conceptualizations, which will also contribute to our program website, creating various documents, links, and resources for instructors as well as for students, parents, community members, field colleagues, and any others, wanting to know more about our program and our disciplinary frameworks. Julie and I made final edits to the packet and printed and bound it for distribution.      

Semester Report Spring 2015 Summer Qabazard Data Coordinator ISU Writing Program _____________________________________________________________________

Data Analysis 60 Hours I did miscellaneous data analysis on both the program-wide assessment and self assessment at the beginning of the semester. Data Tracking 5 Hours

Data AnalysisData TrackingData OrganizationCopyeditingMeetingsEmailsArticleMisc.

40%

20%  

18%

10%

3%

2%

3%

3%

Page 18: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

In the later part of the semester, I helped our longitudinal study interviewers set up interviews. I also kept track of the recorded interviews and made sure they were stored properly. Data Organization 5 Hours I created a data guide for the next data coordinator showing which documents are connected to this position, and where they are located. Copyediting/Proofreading/Revisions 30 Hours I copyedited and proofread miscellaneous Writing Program documents throughout the semester, including the annual report, assessment IRB forms. And I revised the last self assessment. Meetings 27 Hours I attended biweekly meetings with the rest of the Writing Program Leadership Team and weekly meetings with Joyce Walker (Director). Emails 15 Hours I emailed with other members of the Writing Program Leadership Team and Writing Program instructors throughout the semester. Article Research 5 Hours I researched assessment articles that might help the Writing Program with an article on assessment. Miscellaneous 3 Hours I assisted with colloquium preparation. I also assisted with coordinating presenters in preparation for the Fall 2015 Summit. I also selected genres and accompanying images for upcoming self assessment.      ISU Writing Program End of Semester Report - Spring 2015 Jeff Rients - English 101 Coordinator This semester I logged 168 hours of work on Writing Program-related tasks and activities, with peak activity occurring in the middle three weeks of the semester.

Page 19: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

The kinds of activities I performed in my role as 101 Coordinator can be broken down into eight major categories.

Recurring Meetings constituted 22 percent of hours logged, or 37 hours total. This category includes the biweekly Writing Program Leadership Team staff meeting (eight meetings, typically 90 minutes in length), a weekly planning meeting with the Writing Program Director and usually the 101.10 Coordinator (typically an hour in length), and leading a weekly mentoring meeting with the cohort of graduate instructors teaching English 101 for the first time. The latter were sometimes attended by the Assistant Director, the 101.10 Coordinator, more experienced graduate instructors, and Milner librarian Alexis Wolstein.

Page 20: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

Scheduled Meetings were 4.5% of the total, or 7.5 hours. These include additional meetings with the Director and/or 101.10 Coordinator, as well as individual meetings requested by instructors for assistance with a task or problem. Impromptu Meetings took up 16.2%, or 27.25 hours, of the total time logged. These consist primarily of drop-in visits to my office or conversations in the Writing Program suite. Most of the impromptu meetings recorded are one-on-one meetings focused on troubleshooting specific problems for individual graduate instructors. Most of these meetings were with instructors in their first year teaching in our program. At 3.25 hours, or under 2% of the total, Emails are probably under-reported. It does not always occur to me to log an email exchange with an instructor. Observations required 13 hours, or 7.7% of the total logged time. This activity consisted of a classroom ethnography for each of six instructors, a debriefing after class is dismissed, and the time needed to transcribe handwritten observation notes. Five of the observations were of first semester instructors, members of the same group that attended the cohort meetings mentioned above. The sixth observation was of a first time instructor for English 145; the 145 Coordinator and I swapped observations because we each had an instructor who taught at the same time that we did. Special Events were 14% of the total, or 23.5 hours. This category consists primarily of official Writing Program events, such as the Writing Summit, Grassroots Colloquium, the Let’s CHAT! Podcast, and the Half Mile Project. My role in these projects was mostly support rather than leadership. I also worked with the Director and Outreach Coordinator at the English Studies Showcase. My Special Project for this semester took more time than any other category, totalling 45.75 hours, or 27.2%. The project consisted of an overhaul of the new PhD instructor Summer Orientation. To this end, I created a set of pre-Orientation learning modules on ReggieNet and revised the Orientation to better reflect the Writing Program’s new learning outcomes. Miscellaneous tasks required 10.75 hours, or 6.4% of the total.    Laura Skokan Technology Coordinator Writing Program End of Semester Report April 27, 2015 Summary This semester’s worth of work was fairly unique for the Technology Coordinator, insofar as I spent the better part of it re-designing the website. This was a bit of a larger undertaking

Page 21: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

than I think most people were expecting, but a confluence of events made this a good opportunity to take stock of what we needed on the site and reorganize it accordingly. Most significantly, we shifted from pages to posts. Which gave us a site that is much more navigable, that allows access to many topics without overwhelming the visitor, and provides us a powerful organizational tool. Additionally, this semester also saw an upgrade in our technology. The microphones for the podcasts are of a remarkably higher quality. The podcasts are starting to sound quite professional – it is starting match the content. Our software upgraded as well, as we now have Final Cut Pro X. This tool not only does a lot of work for us, but it also allows us to do much more complicated tasks. Which also helps the professional quality we are striving for. For a more detailed breakdown of hours, please go to: https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/0B8FeI9sVi8LKYTJZSUJnUWFlNVE/0B8FeI9sVi8LKOV9fR0NBQ3V4amc

Because this was a unique year, I suspect that my numbers will not be representative of future Tech Coordinators’ times. For instance, I did very little in terms of helping instructors with technology issues. There are two reasons for this. First, this was second semester. Most technical problems for new people had come up and been resolved in the first semester and we did not introduce any new technologies into the classroom. As a result, no major issues came up for me to address. Second, I was directed to focus my attention on the site. My predecessor, Kate Browne, had suggested to me that holding an hour a week for office hours was a good balance. This accounted for most of her email correspondence and not in-person tech help. She said doing much more than an hour

WPLT Web Coordination!

8%!Office Hours!

2%!

Media Production!21%!

Recording!6%!

Website!45%!

Meetings!18%!

Tech Coordinator !Spring 2015 Hours!

Page 22: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

would not have allowed her to do the rest of the tasks she needed, but less would not have accounted for the accumulation of various small tasks she had to address during the week. I was able to learn a lot about Final Cut Pro by looking at videos online. However, I got a much better handle on it after working with it. The approach I took on the first two podcasts is not the approach I ended up with (or would recommend, as the first two took significantly longer to edit than later episodes). I was also able to take old podcasts that had not been put online and edit them in a way that brought their sound quality up. Similarly, I got better at recording the podcasts. I recorded 4 episodes. By the third one, I got the quality up to where it should be, which made the editing process decidedly easier. To that end, I would suggest meeting with the Tech Coordinators at the beginning of the next semester and show them what I did. In the future, there should be some documentation of this, but I ran out of time to make them myself. (This will be re-addressed in the Recommendation section.) Timing was important to me in these recordings. I was able to take out pauses or strange deviations (without losing any meaning or even humor). This I think is a helpful skill for the videos especially. Since they are not as visually interesting as they are in their content, editing lagging bits was crucial. For instance, there were some technical troubles in one presentation and rather than show the space where the speaker was not, I added in a title card and cut out about 30 second of waiting. This made for a nicer edit than simply cutting, and is a helpful tool from Final Cut Pro. Descriptions of Major Projects

• Recreating the website This was a fairly involved process and, as it will not be the task of the Tech Coordinator for a long time to come, I will keep my description fairly brief o Converting pages to posts o Making content work with the new theme o Re-organizing Content for increased navigability o Creating Categories

§ Including Updates Categories, making it easier to see what posts need updating and how often

o Aesthetics § Layout of posts for various topics § Images for the homepage

o Moving our media (e.g. podcasts, GWRJ issues) from Googledocs to our media server

• Coordinating the WPLT’s use of the Website o Training Writing Program Leadership Team on how to use website

§ In person § Creating Documents for primary tasks

o Organizing who does what jobs for the site § Accounting for every post § Appointing the most relevant person for each post § Organizing posts into a schedule of updates (Before the end of the

semester, Semesterly, Yearly, and posts that are “Under Construction”)

Page 23: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

o Creating email addresses through server § Creating passwords and names § Adding consistency between teams as new members come on § Decreasing need to update the site and listserv § Providing a buffer for putting team member’s personal email

addresses out on public site • Media Production

o Researching, setting up, and working with New Equipment o Learning Final Cut Pro o Editing o Adding Intro/Outro for Beyond 101 o Creating playlists on YouTube Channel for ease of the website

Reflections and Recommendations My main recommendation is about the organization of data. I used the laptop so I could take it home. While I backed-up recordings and final copies to the external hard drive, the originals on the laptop will be too large for the laptop soon enough. The external hard-drive has a sufficient amount of storage space, but there should be more permanent place for it too. Kate Browne had suggested backing up and clearing off the SD cards. I was not able to address this. Additionally, naming and creating navigable folders would be really helpful. Overall, what I think needs to happen next is to put in place a standardized process for how to store content. I found the mixer to be difficult to use. Especially since it added effects onto the recordings, rather than letting me add them in post, and the gain has to be turned up all the way in order for it to pick up any sound. I found two work-arounds for the echo. The first has to be done manually every time and so is less than reliable. The second might be a more permanent solution. However, it will need to be looked into further and a new mixer might be needed. Michelle and I found that we needed to have the space to ourselves to do a proper test of the equipment. (I did not notice the echo the mixer added when we did sound levels because the group continued to have a conversation while I was listening to the test recording.) I would recommend keeping the guests out until a preliminary test can be done. Then invite the guests in to do a check on levels. For the site. I made some executive decisions about layout. I would recommend that the Tech Coordinator make sure that the layouts are at least unified. Especially for multiple posts for the same subject (e.g. podcasts, Half-Mile Project, the Colloquium, etc.). This was not the case for the site before and I think the lack of unification made it seem disorganized. I would also invite the Tech Coordinator to keep information streamlined. I found in going through the old site that there would be many examples or explanations on a single subject. It is tempting to keep adding more since we can. However, my suggestion would be to offer 10 sold, foundational examples, rather than 50 decent ones that together cover every possible angle. This would require updating and deleting the examples as more

Page 24: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

getting added on, but given our evolution as a program, that kind of curation seems not only helpful, but germane to our process. I was able to mark chapters on the podcasts when using Final Cut Pro. However, I do not believe this transferred over when I condensed it in Audacity (FCP does not condense the MP3 enough for the site). I know that GarageBand has a chapter marking feature, but that introduces 3 softwares to make this happen and that became unwieldy. I think chapter markers are a considerate thing to provide the listener as they allow for easier navigation. I also think it’s becoming more the standard, so we should look into a more streamlined way to do it. I was not able to create materials for recording and editing the podcasts/videos. Nor was I able to make documents for the more complicated back-end website information. Partly, this is because I will be available next semester and, knowing the two incoming Tech Coordinators, I know they have familiarity with most of these tasks. However, I think it will be absolutely necessary as this position gets passed further down.    

INTEROFF ICE  MEMORANDUM  

TO:   JOYCE  WALKER  

FROM:   DEB  RIGGERT-­‐KIEFFER  

SUBJECT:   SPRING  2015  SEMESTER  REPORT  

DATE:   MAY  2,  2015  

CC:    

   

 

   

 

17%  

43%  

18%  

11%  

11%  

Chart  Title  

Mentoring  &  Observations   Research  &  Planning   Meetings   Emails   Other  WPLT  Support  

Page 25: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

Introduction

My  work   during   Spring   2015   was   primarily   focused   on   creating  materials   with   the   Experimental  Teaching  group.  I  completed  the  ENG  145  survey  with  the  College  of  Business  and  the  sample  course  plan  for  ENG  145  instructors.    

For   this   report,   I   will   outline   my   tasks   and   duties   for   the   semester   and   provide   commentary   on  projects   that   I   plan   to   continue   in   the   fall   2015   semester.   Attached   to   this   report   is   a   visual  breakdown  of  my  hours  spent  over  the  course  of  the  semester.    

Semester Tasks

Mentoring  and  Observation  

30.75  hours  were  devoted  to  mentoring  and  observations.    There  were  four  new  ENG  145  instructors  this  semester.   I  met  with  two   instructors  at   the  beginning  of   the  semester   to  discuss  spring  course  plans  with  most  of  the  mentoring  for  ENG  145  students  completed  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester.  Since  the  majority  of  ENG  145  instructors  have  experience  teaching  this  course,  mentoring  for  these  instructors   was   limited.   Occasionally,   instructors   would   stop   me   in   the   hall   or   visit   my   office   to  brainstorm   ideas   for   projects   or   ask   questions   about   student   concerns.   Again   this   semester,   the  majority  of  the  mentoring  I  did  was  with  ENG  101  instructors.  I  continued  to  stay  in  contact  with  the  PhD  student  I  mentored  last  semester,  primarily  providing  advice  on  instructional  materials.    

Looking  to  the  fall  semester,  it  might  be  beneficial  for  the  ENG  145  coordinator  to  set  aside  time  early  in  the  fall  for  mentoring  new  instructors  since  the  ENG  145  coordinator  typically  has  fewer  projects  during  this  time.  This  time  could  be  coordinated  with  the  ENG  101  coordinator  so  that  students  who  need  additional  assistance  are  supported.  This  will  allow  the  ENG  101  coordinator  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  majority  of  the  students  without  spending  all  of  the  allotted  time  providing  assistance  to  one  or  two  students.      

Research  and  Planning  

77.5  hours  were  devoted  to  research  and  planning.    The  majority  of  these  hours  were  spent  working  with   the   experimental   teaching   group.   At   the   beginning   of   the   semester,   I   sent   an   open   invitation  through   the   grad   student   list-­‐serve.   Six   students   responded   to   the   invitation   and   agreed   to   attend  weekly  meetings.   The   Outreach   Coordinator   agreed   to  meet  with   one   PhD   student  who   could   not  attend   the  Tuesday   afternoon  meeting   time  due   to   a   scheduling   conflict.   I   attended  meetings  with  both  groups  until   the  meeting   time  was  changed  due  to  scheduling  needs.  Three  PhD  students  and  two  Master’s  students  attended  weekly  meetings  every  Tuesday  afternoon  during  the  semester.  We  created  materials  based  on  outreach  envisioned  for  K-­‐12  teachers  in  public  school  settings.  First,  we  created  a   flyer  with  an  overview  of  creating  writing  researchers.  We  also  created  a  series  of   lesson  plans   for   the   genre   of   valentines/love   notes   for   the   grade   bands   3-­‐5,   6-­‐8,   and   high   school.   Plans  featured   either   5   or   6   days   of   instruction   and   included   learning   outcomes   related   to   CCSS,   which  teachers   are   being   asked   to   address.   We   also   built   on   a   terms   list   initiated   by   work   that   Mark  Pfotenhauer  in  ENG  402.  We  thought  it  would  be  important  for  teachers  to  have  a  glossary  of  terms  that   while   possibly   familiar,   are   used   differently   by   our   instructors.   Four   of   the   experimental  

Page 26: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

teaching  group  members  and  I  presented  our  materials  at  the  Wordsworth  Conference  on  April  17.  I  think   the  materials   that  we   produced  will   be   valuable   for   our  NCTE   presentation   in  November   of  2015.  

We  also  proposed  re-­‐writes  for  a  series  of  five  GRWJ  articles  that  we  thought  would  be  high  interest  for  middle  school  students.  I  contacted  the  authors  to  request  permission.  All  agreed  to  allow  us  to  re-­‐write   their   articles.   One   author   volunteered   to   re-­‐write   her   own   article,   and   I  met  with   her   to  address   the   language/reading   demands   of   middle   school   students.   I   have   re-­‐written   one   of   the  articles   already   and   am   waiting   for   feedback   from   the   author.   This   is   an   ongoing   project   that   I  anticipate  continuing  next  semester.    

I   completed   the   ENG   145.13   survey   report.   We   proposed   a   series   of   classes   that   would   address  grammar  concerns,  which  were  prevalent  among  the  145.13  instructors’  responses.  Although  I  have  not  received  a  response  from  Dr.  Longfellow,  this  might  be  an  area  of  development  for  next  semester.    

I   also   completed   the   sample   course   plan   for   our   new   ENG   145   instructors.   I   think   this   document  could   also   have   an   outside   audience   for   instructors   interested   in   a   genre   theory   approach.   At   the  writing  of   this  report,   the  ENG  145  sample  course  plan  has  not  been  uploaded  to   the  new  website,  but  I  anticipate  having  this  completed  before  the  end  of  May.    

At  the  end  of  the  semester,  I  worked  on  adapting  the  ENG  101  learning  outcomes  for  ENG  145.  While  they  are  still  being  revised  at  the  writing  of  this  report,   I  anticipate  having  them  completed  and  on  the  new  website  before  the  end  of  May.  

I  continued  compiling  course  plans  and  syllabi  from  ENG  145  instructors  that  could  be  shared  with  other   instructors.    This  project   is  one  that  has  been  ongoing,  and  I  plan  to  continue  to  gather  more  resources  for  the  145  and  145.13  instructors.    

Meetings  

20.75  hours  were  devoted  to  meetings.    Bi-­‐weekly  WPLT  meetings  and  weekly  meetings  with  the  WP  director  were  an  essential  part  of  my  work  in  order  to  stay  updated  with  what  the  rest  of  the  team  was  doing  and  to  keep  the  WP  director  in  the  loop  on  the  progress  that  I  was  making  each  week.  Half  of  our  weekly  meetings  were  conducted  via  phone  or  email.  

Emails  

32.25  hours  were  devoted  to  writing,  reading,  and  receiving  emails.    Email  is  the  most  effective  and  efficient   way   for   me   to   contact   and   remain   in   contact   with   the   ENG   145   instructors   and   WPLT  members.  Email  also  allowed  me  to  share  material  with   the  graduate  student   I  mentored,  and  was  especially  helpful  in  communicating  during  the  hours  I  was  not  available  on  campus.  Email  was  also  a  tool  that  allowed  me  to  communicate  with  the  WP  director  if,  for  some  reason,  one  of  us  was  not  able  to  make  it  to  our  weekly  meeting.  

Other  WPLT  support  

Page 27: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

21  hours  were  devoted   to  supporting  other  members  of   the  WPLT.  Most  of  my  addition  work  was  devoted  to  working  on  the  spring  writing  summit  and  the  colloquium.  I  attended  one  meeting  with  Comm.  instructors  and  the  Outreach  Coordinator.  I  also  helped  one  student  plan  primary  research  for  a   GRWJ   article.   I   completed   one   ethnographic   observation   for   the   ENG   101   coordinator   due   to   a  scheduling  conflict  with  his  classes.  Finally,  I  helped  with  small  tasks  like  putting  up  posters  for  WP  events   and   editing   documents.   I   tried   to   make   myself   available   if   other   WP   staff   asked   for   my  assistance.      

Summary  

Overall,  I  was  able  to  complete  the  projects  that  I  started  this  semester,  and  I  am  very  happy  with  the  materials  that  I  was  able  to  create  with  the  help  of  the  experimental  teaching  group  members.  I  think  these  materials  will   be   especially   helpful   as  we  plan   to   present   the   “Dr. Nobody's No-Holds Barred Genre Studies and Activity Theory Throwdown: How to Create a Writing Researcher” session for NCTE in November. I   am   looking   forward   to   continuing   the   Spreading   Roots  work   as  we   re-­‐write   GRWJ  articles  for  younger  students.  I  am  also  looking  forward  to  assisting  a  former  middle  school  student  in  researching  and  writing  a  GRWJ  article.      

 

Evan  Nave  101.10  Coordinator  Spring  2015  Semester  Report      

 

10  

50  

25  

15  

15  

10  

25  

101.10  Coordinator  Fall  2015  Hours  Distribution  

Cohort  Group  Meetings  

2015  Document  Planning/Writing  

WPLT  Meetings  

Observations  

Professional  Development  Discussions  

Spring  2015  Writing  Summit  

Administrative  Duties  

Page 28: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

Introduction The Spring 2015 semester brought a shift in my ENG 101.10 Coordinator duties, as the Writing Consultants I mentored in the fall moved to instructing their own sections of ENG 101 (and therefore somewhat out of my sphere of influence.) Since there was only one operating section of ENG 101.10 in the spring semester, my responsibilities became planning program modifications/adjustments for the 2015-2016 school year and creating documents that outlined my intentions for these modifications. With this being said, the majority of my Writing Program work hours were dedicated to the production of documents intended for future 101.10 Instructors, Consultants, and WPLT staff. My remaining hours, in general, were used engaging with 101.10 Consultants and Instructors, consulting other WPLT members regarding future Writing Program modifications, attending to email and other administrative duties, and meeting with the WPLT and Dr. Walker for weekly Writing Program updates. WPLT Meetings (25 hours) Every other week, all of the WPLT members meet for an hour to an hour and a half to discuss projects pertinent to the writing program. In addition to these larger group meetings, I met with Dr. Walker every week for a half hour to an hour to discuss relevant issues pertaining specifically to ENG 101.10. These hours combine all the meeting times where I met with Dr. Walker and/or the entire WPLT. Observations (15 hours) As mentioned in the “Introduction,” there was only one operating section of ENG 101.10 in the spring semester. I attended several of this section’s class meetings and Consulting sessions, as well as post-class and post-session meetings with the individual Instructor and Consultant, respectively. These observations and meetings fed into my understandings of how to better augment fall 2015 ENG 101.10 goals and expectations. Professional Development Discussions (15 hours) With my less campus-intensive duties this past spring, I spent less time in my office in Stevenson Hall. Whereas in the fall I spoke with the ENG 101.10 Coordinator, Jeff Rients, almost daily about teaching, program Coordinating, and other administrative topics, our meetings in the Spring were less frequent. But Jeff still set aside hours of his time to answer my questions, listen to me brainstorm, and help me problem solve. I consider our sporadic but intense conversations part of my professional development, as they progressed my thinking and planning of ENG 101.10-related issues. Administrative Duties (25 hours) Since I did not meet with many Consultants face-to-face this semester (due to their roles as ENG 101, rather than 101.10, Instructors), I spent a lot of time answering former Consultant emails, addressing Instructor concerns on a case by case, in-person basis, and checking in on Instructors during their on-campus office hours. These hours cover my day-to-day duties as the ENG 101.10 Coordinator, the small communication-related tasks that add up to ENG 101 and 101.10 running more smoothly. Cohort Group Meetings (10 Hours)

Page 29: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

Even though I did not hold formal “Cohort Meetings” like I did in the fall, I still spent a lot of time checking in with the Instructor and Consultant in the single section of ENG 101.10 in the spring. I went to their offices, took them out to coffee, and met with them in the Writing Program to discuss their teaching practices and ideas about future program improvements. These informal meetings provided crucial feedback that helped me as I attempted to redesign certain aspects of ENG 101.10 for the fall 2015 semester. Spring 2015 Writing Summit (10 Hours) These hours pertain to the time I spent helping plan and execute the 2015 Writing Summit. My duties at the Summit included setting up meals, preparing spaces for group activities and workshops, and staying after the event ended to help clean up the spaces used in Stevenson Hall. 2015 Document Planning/Writing (50 Hours) Most of my spring semester was spent planning for the fall 2015 semester. The majority of my work revolved around organizing a system of communication that allowed ENG 101.10 Instructors, Consultants, and students to share information more clearly and efficiently. I spent a lot of time brainstorming, theorizing, revising, and writing out a notetaking process that could provide everyone involved with 101.10 access to what writing research activities were taking place in classes, study group sessions, and one-on-one tutoring sessions. My goal was to design a system of communication that kept everyone on the same (or at least close to the same) page throughout the semester, and one that let Writing Program administrators see examples of the discourses that exist in ENG 101.10. In my hours of designing and documenting, I asked for input from current and former ENG 101.10 Instructors and Consultants, researched different ideas for student and instructor/consultant notetaking, thought about how I would use notetaking in my own classroom, and met with Dr. Walker and other WPLT technology Coordinators to consider which digital mediums would work best for the notetaking. By the end of the semester, I had written a collection of documents explaining the new ENG 101.10 notetaking processes and prepared them to be viewed by incoming ENG 101.10 Instructors, Consultants, and Coordinators. Conclusions and Future Plans The spring semester was difficult for me because I did not feel like it catered to my strengths in interpersonal communication and classroom/study group session problem solving. I feel I work best when I’m in close quarters with others, sharing their daily struggles and triumphs, and helping them plan for future instructional opportunities. Without nearly as many Instructors and Consultants to work with on a daily, or at least weekly, basis, I often felt like I lost my way. My work was more theoretical than concrete; I spent much more time researching and writing and planning for future than I did talking with Writing Program teachers and WPLT members. My responsibilities shifted from being more social/interactional to being more writing-intensive. I spent a lot of time in front of my computer, learning the importance of pushing myself to make the Writing Program better. In the future, I need to do a better job of setting realistic goals, sticking to a consistent work schedule, and keeping my sights on future outcomes (instead of getting caught up in the ups and downs of program planning.) To do this, I will put more trust in the power of group work and collaboration with other members of the WPLT. My successes in the spring semester came when I combined my ideas with the input of others to make sustainable and exciting goals for ENG 101.10. I look forward to spring 2016 and another opportunity to plan for successful future semesters.    

Page 30: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
Appendix B: Spring 2015 Summit Program
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
Page 31: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Illinois State University Writing Program

SUMMIT ON WRITING

INSTRUCTION

Friday, January 9, 2015

Stevenson Hall (STV)

8:30 am—3:30 pm

Spring 2015

Cover Photos: “Research Cycle” “Qualitative Research” http://insertmedia.office.microsoft.com

Writing Program Assistants (PAs) are available throughout the semester to help you address any teaching questions or concerns that you may have. We would also love your feedback and suggestions. So stop on by STV 133 or send us an email to set up a meeting time!

English 101: Jeff Rients, 414 A, [email protected]

English 101.10: Evan Nave, 414 A, [email protected]

English 145: Deb Riggert-Kieffer, 414 E, [email protected]

Professional Development: Michelle Wright Dottore 414 C, [email protected]

Technology: Laura Skokan, 413 D, [email protected]

GWRJ Editor: Julie Bates, 414 B, [email protected]

Assessment/ Writing Research: Summer Qabazard, 414 C, [email protected]

K-12/Community Outreach, Speaker Series: Emily Johnston, 414 E, [email protected]

Thank you and good luck to Kate Browne who will be leaving the WPLT. You will be greatly missed. A warm hello to Laura Skokan who will be our new Technology Coordinator this semester. Welcome aboard, Laura!

Special Thanks goes out to all of our Summit Presenters, Facilitators, Writing Program Instructors, Faculty, Staff, and Program Assistants. It is because of your awesomeness that we’ve been selected to receive the CCCC Writing Program Certificate of Excellence at the National Conference in Tampa this spring.

THANK YOU!

We’re here to help

Writing Program Director, Joyce Walker, [email protected], STV 133

Assistant Director, Nancy McKinney

[email protected], STV 133

Office Manager, Maegan Gaddis

[email protected], STV 133

Fostering a Community of Writing Researchers

Page 32: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

CONCURRENT SESSIONS A: (10:00 am—10:50 am)

SPRING 2015 WRITING SUMMIT SCHEDULE

ACCOMODATING DIVERSITY OF LEARNERS / 219

“What does Accessibility Mean?: Making Courses and Spaces Accessible and Inclusive for More Students"

Barbi Smyser-Fauble

"'Stop Staring at Your Notebook': How Assumptions about the Relationship between Staring and Learning in the

Classroom Marginalize and Undermine Introverted Learners" Shannon Harmon

SOCIAL PHENOMENA & JUSTICE IN GENRE STUDIES / 221 A

"Keeping It Real: Using Contemporary Social Phenomena to Teach Genre Studies"

Danielle Cochran

"Exploring Social Justice Issues in the Genre Studies Classroom" Lisa Dooley

UNDERSTANDING THE VALUE OF RESEARCH / 221 B

“From Quick Queries to Intense Investigations: Teaching Writing Research Methods, Activities, and Practices”

Angela Sheets

“Decoding the Coding Process: Figuring Out How to Use Coding in the Composition Classroom”

Shelby Ragan

EXPLORING SOCIAL MEDIA AND GENRES IN THE WILD / 219

"Researching and Writing the Genres of Social Media” Kristi McDuffie

“Community Research: Encouraging Students to Explore and Experience Genres ‘In the Wild’”

Kristen Strom

FREEDOM & POWER IN THE WRITING CLASSROOM / 221 A

“The Fiction That Frees: Using a Grading Contract in the Writing Classroom"

Joan Crooks, Anne Norton, and Rob Rowan

“I Got The Power: Examining Non-Traditional Classroom Management” Dan Hummels

DIVERSE CONTENTS & DIVERSE CONTEXTS IN FYC / 221 B

“What Does This Have to Do with Me?: An Examination of Age Related Studies in the Classroom"

Irene Taylor

“Writing Our Way Out of the Closet: Literacies of Sex(uality) in First-Year Composition”

David Giovagnoli

LUNCH: SOUP, SALAD, & BAKED POTATO BAR 12:00 pm—12:50 pm / STV 401 A

Sign up for Panel Discussions/Group Sessions A & B during lunch in 401

SUMMIT ACTION ITEMS AND WRAP UP...COFFEE & DESSERT! 3:00 pm—3:30 pm / STV 133

BREAKFAST 8:30 am—9:00 am / STV 401 A

PROGRAM UPDATE 9:00 am—9:20 am / STV 401

MIXER: WHAT ACTIVITIES ARE YOU LOOKING FORWARD TO? 9:20 am—9:50 am / STV 401

CONCURRENT SESSIONS B: (11:00 am—11:50 am)

Discover Gather Create

Share

Page 33: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
Appendix C: Summary of Summit Spring 2015 Evaluations
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
Page 34: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

82.61% 38

17.39% 8

Q1 Your position as an instructor for theEnglish Department?Note -- we know thereare a lot of different classifications, but wegrouped you into GA or Faculty (becausewe wanted to preserve your anonymity).

Answered: 46 Skipped: 0

Total 46

GraduateTeaching...

Adjunct, NTT,Post-Doc or...

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Graduate Teaching Assistant (MA or PhD)

Adjunct, NTT, Post-Doc or other Faculty Appointment

1 / 9

Summit for Fall 2015 -- Participant Survey

Page 35: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Q2 This question gives you a chance to givesome overall rankings about your reactionto several different multiple aspects of theSummit. Rankings run from Poor (left) to

Excellent (right)!Answered: 36 Skipped: 10

0.00%0

0.00%0

13.89%5

36.11%13

50.00%18

0.00%0

36

4.36

0.00%0

0.00%0

8.33%3

19.44%7

72.22%26

0.00%0

36

4.64

0.00%0

0.00%0

13.89%5

30.56%11

55.56%20

0.00%0

36

4.42

2.86%1

0.00%0

8.57%3

28.57%10

57.14%20

2.86%1

35

4.41

0.00%0

5.56%2

13.89%5

22.22%8

58.33%21

0.00%0

36

4.33

0.00%0

8.33%3

11.11%4

30.56%11

50.00%18

0.00%0

36

4.22

OverallExperience

Interactionswith members...

Chance tolearn from...

Chance toshare...

Chance tolearn new...

Chance to meetto people

The food

Theorganization...

respectfulnessand engageme...

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Poor Not SoGood

OK VeryGood

Excellent N/A Total WeightedAverage

Overall Experience

Interactions with members of the Writing Program Team

Chance to learn from other instructors

Chance to share information about my teaching practices

Chance to learn new information about goals and practices of thewriting program

Chance to meet to people

2 / 9

Summit for Fall 2015 -- Participant Survey

Page 36: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

0.00%0

0.00%0

8.33%3

27.78%10

63.89%23

0.00%0

36

4.56

0.00%0

0.00%0

22.22%8

16.67%6

61.11%22

0.00%0

36

4.39

0.00%0

0.00%0

8.33%3

27.78%10

63.89%23

0.00%0

36

4.56

The food

The organization and structure of the event

respectfulness and engagement of other members of thecommunity

3 / 9

Summit for Fall 2015 -- Participant Survey

Page 37: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Appendix  D:    101.10  Course  Information  for  Instructors    ISU  Writing  Program  Fall  2015    

Teaching  ENG  101.10    Dear  Instructor,    We’re  very  excited  to  have  you  teaching  ENG  101.10  in  the  fall  of  2015.  In  fall  2014  we  implemented  our  newest  version  (V.4)  of  the  course,  and  it  was  very  successful.  For  2015  our  goal  is  to  “tweak”  the  course  in  order  to  make  the  movements  among  people,  tools,  and  spaces  as  smooth  as  possible,  and  keep  the  communication  and  learning  flowing.  To  help  us  with  this  goal,  we  ask  that  you  pay  close  attention  to  the  material  listed  below,  and  work  to  integrate  into  your  course  the  various  communication  tools  we’ve  developed  to  help  students,  instructors  and  consultants  navigate  ENG  101.10.    What  You  Can  Do:    

1. Read  the  information  below  2. Make  the  appropriate  adjustments  to  your  101  syllabus  (see  the  end  of  this  document  for  the  checklist)  3. Set  up  a  meeting  time  to  talk  with  Evan  Nave,  the  101.10  coordinator,  about  the  course  before  the  end  of  

Spring  2015  (Evan  will  be  in  touch  with  you  to  set  up  a  meeting).  4. Turn  in  a  copy  of  your  course  syllabus  by  August  1,  2015  so  we  can  use  them  in  our  training  of  the  new  

consultants  5. Be  available  to  meet  with  the  Writing  Program  staff  and  with  your  consultants  on  Thursday,  August  13th  

2015.  6. Facilitate  the  Self-­‐Assessment  with  your  students  during  the  first  week  and  a  half  of  the  semester  (see  end  

of  this  document  for  a  brief  explanation  of  the  self-­‐assessment)    7. We  also  ask  that  you  “go  above  and  beyond”  in  thinking  of  ways  to  incorporate  the  various  “notes”  (which  

are  the  communication  tools  we’ve  developed)  into  your  class  structure.    Think  of  ways  you  can  you  them  as  more  than  just  “talking  points”  by  integrating  them  into  your  uptake  genres  for  the  course.    These  docs  are  about  making  learning  visible  –  so  they  fit  right  in  with  the  overall  goal  of  our  course.    [You  should  feel  free  to  contact  the  101.10  or  101  coordinators  if  you  want  to  talk  over  how  you  might  integrate  these  documents  into  the  “uptake”  genres  of  your  course.]  

 Once  you’ve  read  the  materials  below,  remember  that  you  can  contact  Evan  Nave  (101.10  Coordinator  –  [email protected])  or  Joyce  Walker  (Writing  Program  Director  –  [email protected])  if  you  have  any  questions.  We’re  here  to  help  and  we  appreciate  hearing  your  feedback.  And  remember,  the  changes  that  have  been  made  to  the  structure  and  practice  of  the  course  are  designed  to  make  the  experience  of  101.10  (and  the  learning  that  happens  in  this  class)  better  for  everyone.  If  you  have  ideas  or  suggestions  for  improvement,  please  let  us  know!    Course  Overview  ENG  101.10  is  designed  to  cover  the  same  material  that  is  taught  in  ENG  101,  but  101.10  is  structured  to  provide  additional  assistance  to  students  in  the  form  of  writing  consultants  who  can  work  in  small  study  group  sessions  and  in  1-­‐on-­‐1  consulting  sessions.  The  course  itself  meets  3  days  a  week;  two  of  these  meetings  are  with  a  second-­‐year  M.A.  or  PhD  instructor,  and  the  other  is  a  study  group  session  

Page 38: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

2

facilitated  by  a  first-­‐year  M.A.  writing  consultant.  The  class  meetings  with  instructors  work  with  the  same  writing  research  course  content  as  in  101  classes;  but  the  study  group  sessions  help  students  to  examine  their  antecedent  knowledge  and  uptake  in  order  to  “learn  how  to  learn,”  and  also  help  them  to  pick  up  additional  thinking  and  study  skills  that  will  be  useful  to  them.  In  addition  to  these  weekly  classroom  and  study  session  meetings,  students  will  meet  in  1-­‐on-­‐1  sessions  with  their  consultants  as  a  way  of  gaining  the  more  personalized  writing  support  they  have  expressed  a  need  for  in  registering  for  101.10.      The  People  

The  people  who  are  primarily  involved  in  101.10  are  as  follows:    

• 101.10  Instructors    

• 101.10  Students  

• 101.10  Consultants  

• Writing  Program  Staff  

The  Spaces  Unlike  our  ENG  101  courses,  there  are  multiple  spaces  used  by  the  people  involved  in  the  101.10  course:                    101.10  Documents  Because  101.10  has  multiple  people  and  spaces  involved,  we’ve  designed  some  documents  that  will  help  information  to  flow  from  one  space  to  another:    

• Instructor  Notes:  Instructors  will  complete  Instructor  Notes  every  day  after  class.    We’ll  provide  a  “guide”  for  these  notes,  and  they’ll  be  in  an  online  location  that  both  students  and  consultants  can  access.    These  notes  are  intended  to  help  consultants  and  students  understand  what  the  most  important  topics  of  conversation/study  might  be  for  the  study  sessions.    Your  notes  will  contain  the  major  ideas/concepts/activities  that  students  and  consultants  might  want  to  engage  with  as  they  work  together.  

• Student  Notes:    For  each  101.10  class  session,  three  students  in  the  class  will  be  assigned  to  complete  a  Student  Note  Sheet  (the  class  Consultant  will  draw  up  the  Note-­‐taking  schedule  so  that  each  student  will    take  notes  about  4  times  during  the  semester).  These  Student  Notes  (we’ll  also  provide  students  with  a  guide  for  these  notes)  will  be  used  in  the  study  sessions,  both  as  a  way  to  help  the  students  remember  and  think  about  what  happened  in  the  class,  and  as  a  way  for  consultants  to  help  students  understand  how  uptakes  (understanding  and  taking  up  the  ideas  from  class)  can  diverge  and  coalesce.    Comparing  

1-­‐to-­‐1  Sessions  STV  133  

Study  Group  Sessions  STV  250  &  STV  133  

Classroom  Sessions  STV  250  

Page 39: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

3

Student  Notes  and  Instructor  Notes  can  also  help  students  to  see  and  understand  better  the  classroom  activity  system.  

• Study  Group  Session  Notes:  At  the  end  of  each  study  group  session,  the  three  student  note-­‐takers  and  the  consultant  will  all  contribute  to  the  Study  Group  Notes,  which  will  document  the  activities  in  the  session  and  also  establish  questions  students  have  and  “action  items”  they  want  to  work  on.    Instructors  can  then  use  these  Study  Group  Session  Notes  to  begin  the  next  class  meeting.  

• 1-­‐to-­‐1  Session  Notes:    Every  time  a  student  and  consultant  meet  in  a  1-­‐to-­‐1  session,  they’ll  also  complete  (together)  a  short  set  of  Session  Notes  that  outline  the  conversations,  ideas,  questions  and  activities  they’ve  engaged  in.    These  notes  will  be  copied  for  students  and  made  available  to  instructors.  

• NOTE:    See  Appendix  A  –  we’ve  provided  a  quick  reference  to  explain  where  each  of  these  different  types  notes  will  be  stored  and  shared.  

Although  it  may  seem  like  students,  consultants,  and  instructors  are  being  asked  to  fill  out  a  lot  of  paperwork  regarding  their  learning,  these  note  sheets  can  help  to  increase  and  improve  communication  across  the  different  people  &  spaces  of  101.10.    They  can  also  be  used  as  part  of  the  uptake  genres  of  the  regular  class.    Students  can  use  all  of  these  various  documents  (and  they’ll  be  available  online,  so  you  won’t  have  to  be  responsible  for  keeping  track  of  them!)  to  document  their  learning  at  various  points  in  your  different  Units.    So  they  will  have  a  practical  value  for  student  learning  that  goes  beyond  just  helping  us  all  to  keep  in  touch.    

   

   

                                   

Instructor  

Notes  

Stud

ent  

Notes  

Stud

y  Grou

p  Notes  

1-­‐to-­‐1  

Notes  

Page 40: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

4

   Information  Flow  Together,  the  information  flow  of  101.10  looks  like  this:    

   About  the  Students    We  surveyed  160  ENG  101.10  students  in  Fall  2013.    119  of  these  students  said  that  they  viewed  themselves  as  struggling  writers  and  had  specifically  selected  the  course  over  a  regular  ENG  101  because  they  wanted  extra  help  with  their  writing.  Generally,  these  students  respond  affirmatively  to  the  following  statements:    

• Generally,  I  don't  read  independently  • In  high  school,  I  did  not  do  much  writing  • I  have  not  had  a  chance  to  learn  many  different  genres  of  writing—either  within  or  outside  of  

school.  • I  don’t  write  unless  I  have  an  assignment  • My  high  school  GPA  was  about  average  or  below  average  • I'm  unsure  about  the  rules  of  writing—commas,  apostrophes,  and  so  forth  • I've  used  computers,  but  not  often  for  writing  and  revising  • I  don't  think  of  myself  as  a  strong  writer  

Page 41: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

5

• I  am  not  all  that  confident  about  my  ability  to  learn  new  kinds  of  writing  in  different  setting  or  for  different  purposes  

• I  would  feel  hesitant  to  discuss  my  writing  with  an  instructor    In  short,  the  typical  101.10  student  often  lacks  confidence  in  his  or  her  ability  to  navigate  writing,  reading,  and  research  situations.  Because  of  this  lack  of  confidence,  we  find  that  these  students  can  be  sometimes  be  resistant  to  genre  studies  because  they  are  focused  on  becoming  more  adept  at  what  they  see  as  traditional  writing  (which  they  often  don’t  feel  they  have  mastered).  So  in  their  anxiety  to  become  “better”  writers,  they  can  be  reluctant  to  invest  in  our  approach,  because  they  perceive  “learning  to  write  a  good  paper”  as  a  clear  goal  that  they  still  need  to  master  in  order  to  be  successful  in  college.      We  have  also  found  that  these  students  require  instructors  who  are  willing  to  be  organized  and  explicit  in  their  classroom  materials  and  assignment  sheets,  as  detailed  as  possible  in  keeping  records  of  class  activities,  and  flexible  in  terms  of  adopting  an  approach  based  in  goodwill  when  interacting  with  students.  It’s  important  to  remember  that  the  majority  of  the  students  in  each  section  have  self-­‐selected  based  on  a  desire  for  additional  assistance.  They  can  translate  this  into  an  expectation  that  explanations  will  be  clear  and  direct.  This  means  that  we  need  to  take  care  to  scaffold  appropriately  as  we  move  into  assignments  and  projects,  even  though  the  pacing  of  assignments  and  projects  can  (and  should)  be  equivalent  to  an  ENG  101  class.  However,  it’s  also  important  to  remember  that  intellectually,  these  students  need  (and  want)  to  be  stimulated  and  challenged.    They  are  sensitive  to  situations  where  writing  seems  “too  easy.”    This  can  make  them  resist  working  with  genres  that  emphasize  visuals  or  that  don’t  use  a  lot  of  text.    They  often  explain  that  this  doesn’t  seem  like  “real  writing.”      This  doesn’t  mean  you  need  to  change  the  way  you  teach  the  course,  or  the  assignments  you  develop.    It  just  means  you  should  be  aware  that  these  students  need  some  real  help  understanding  the  value  of  the  kinds  of  writing  experiments  we  assign.      The  Structure  of  ENG  101.10  Class  Session  and  Consulting  Sessions:      The  chart  below  shows  how  a  schedule  for  ENG  101.10  would  appear  for  one  week.  Note  that  this  chart  combines  a  total  of  one  instructor,  one  consultant  and  18  students  (which  is  the  cap  for  ENG  101.10).  Each  instructor  meets  with  students  twice  a  week,  and  each  consultant  holds  2  study  group  sessions  each  week  (which  students  will  sign  up  for  when  registering  for  the  course).    Each  student  attends  two  classes  a  week  and  one  study  group.    

Monday   Tuesday   Wednesday   Thursday  ENG  101.10  Course  

8:00-­‐9:15  1st  Group  Study  

Session  (9  Students  and  1  

Consultant)  8:00-­‐8:50  

ENG  101.10  Course  8:00-­‐9:15  

2nd  Group  Study  Session  

(9  Students  and  1  Consultant)  8:00-­‐8:50  

 1. Each  101.10  class  meets  normally,  2-­‐times  a  week,  with  the  same  18  students.  2. Small  study  group  sessions  of  9  students  meet  twice  a  week  but  each  student  only  attends  one  

session  per  week.  

Page 42: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

6

3. Consultants  will  also  be  available  for  one-­‐on-­‐one  consulting  sessions  each  week  and  students  must  attend  at  least  3  of  these  sessions  during  the  semester,  and  these  “required”  sessions  should  coincide  with  the  Units  you  assign.    In  other  words,  they  should  have  a  visit  with  a  consultant  at  least  once  for  every  unit  (rather  than  trying  to  cram  them  in  all  in  the  last  week  of  class  J.    

 Expectations  for  Consultants:    

• Who  are  the  Consultants?  101.10  Consultants  are  usually  new  M.A.  level  Graduate  Instructors  (although  other  instructors  in  the  Writing  Program  can  sometimes  be  assigned  to  this  work  as  well).  

• How  many  Sections  of  101.10  do  they  have?  Generally,  each  new  M.A.  consultant  will  be  assigned  to  only  one  section  of  ENG  101.10.    So  they’ll  be  working  with  18  students.    If  a  101.10  instructor  is  teaching  two  sections  of  the  course,  he/she  will  work  with  two  different  consultants.  

• Study  Group  Sessions:  101.10  Consultants  will  hold  two  study  group  sessions  each  week  (typically,  these  include  9  student  –  ½  of  the  class  –  in  each  session).    In  the  first  couple  of  weeks,  sessions  will  focus  on  ice-­‐breaker  activities  that  also  help  students  to  start  thinking  about  writing  as  an  activity  system  (note:  In  2015,  we’re  going  to  be  focusing  on  “note-­‐taking”  as  a  way  to  begin  to  “see”  the  complexity  of  learning  and  writing  situations).  But  after  the  first  two  weeks,  these  study  sessions  will  focus  on  using  the  instructor  and  student  class  notes  to  discuss  the  class,  help  students  figure  out  what  they  need  and  want  to  focus  on  in  their  work,  and  encourage  them  to  rely  on  their  peers  to  help  them  understand  and  succeed  in  the  course  work.  

• Activities  for  Study  Group  Sessions:  Consultants  may  also  work  to  prepare  different  kinds  of  activities  for  students  to  help  them  grasp  different  concepts,  or  work  on  genre  or  content  research  skills.  

• Study  Group  Session  Notes:  Consultants  will  work  with  students  during  each  study  group  session  to  create  the  “Study  Session  Notes”  which  will  be  available  to  students  and  instructor  in  the  course.  

• One-­‐to-­‐One  Sessions:  Consultants  will  be  available  for  one-­‐to-­‐one  sessions  each  week.    They  are  available  for  up  to  eight  ½  hour  sessions  each  week.  That  means,  if  students  are  really  taking  advantage  of  these  sessions,  the  consultants  could  meet  all  the  members  of  the  class  at  least  once  every  two  weeks!    While  we  don’t  expect  this  to  happen  every  week,  we  hope  that  instructors  will  really  encourage  their  students  to  take  advantage  of  these  sessions.  

• One-­‐to-­‐One  Session  Notes:  Consultants  will  also  work  with  students  to  create  1-­‐to-­‐1  Session  Notes.    We’ll  keep  a  copy  of  these  in  the  writing  program,  but  we’ll  also  make  copies  available  to  instructors  and  students.  

• Midterm  and  End-­‐of-­‐Semester  Documentation  for  Instructors:  The  consultant  is  responsible  for  keeping  track  of  those  aspects  of  the  students’  course  grades  that  are  related  to  study  group  and  one-­‐on-­‐one  sessions  (attendance  and  notes).    The  consultant  will  provide  the  instructors  with  documentation  just  before  mid-­‐term  and  just  before  the  end  of  the  semester,  so  you  can  use  it  in  your  grading.  

Page 43: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

7

 Expectations  of  Instructors:    The  ENG  101.10  sections  do  not  represent  a  different  workload  than  regular  ENG  101  sessions.  Students  may  require  additional  help  (and  you  can  provide  that  help  as  an  instructor,  so  don’t  feel  as  if  the  consultants  are  taking  that  responsibility  from  you),  but  you  also  have  five  fewer  students  (18  vs.  23)  than  you  might  have  in  a  regular  ENG  101  class.  There  are  some  specific  expectations  for  instructors  in  the  course,  which  are  based  both  on  serving  the  students  well,  and  on  creating  a  smooth  communication  between  the  different  “spaces”  that  students,  instructors  and  consultants  occupy.    Relationships  and  Communication:  These  following  items  are  “relationship”  expectations:    

• Be  Organized  &  Detailed:  The  syllabus  and  class  plans  for  101.10  should  be  organized  and  detailed  (when  appropriate  –  we  know  sometimes  having  students  actually  work  to  build  an  assignment  plan  is  part  of  the  learning).  Many  101  instructors  keep  a  pretty  loose  schedule  in  their  courses,  but  we’ve  found  that  101.10  students  can  experience  more  anxiety  and  frustration  when  they  don’t  have  a  clear  idea  of  schedules  and  assignments  for  each  Unit.  

• Give  Clear  Instructions:  We  find  that  101.10  students  typically  don’t  respond  well  to  a  lack  of  clear  instructions.  You  can  definitely  work  on  creating  instructions  WITH  students,  and  thus  still  have  a  very  student-­‐centered  class,  but  once  the  instructions  are  created,  they  should  be  clearly  posted  and  shared.  In  general,  we  think  that  student  anxiety  about  school  and  about  writing  can  manifest  in  resistance  to  poorly  defined  or  poorly  justified  activities.  So  instructors  need  to  be  aware  of  this,  and  be  ready  with  strategies  to  help  students  to  feel  as  if  they  know  what’s  expected.      

• Explicit  Pedagogies:  The  “why”  of  assignments  should  be  discussed  often  –  and  the  relationship  to  the  learning  outcomes  and  the  goals  for  each  project  should  be  explicit.      

• Awareness  of  the  101.10  Population:  Instructors  need  to  be  aware  of  the  differences  in  these  students.  Taking  time  to  get  to  know  them  (and  what  they  know  about  writing  and  do  with  it)  can  be  even  more  important  in  this  class  than  in  ENG  101.    

• Lot’s  of  Communication:  Our  design  of  the  different  “notes”  documents  should  help  everyone  in  the  class  (and  the  staff  in  the  Writing  Program)  to  stay  in  touch  and  try  to  make  sure  the  resources  we  provide  are  making  a  difference  for  student  learning.    However,  there  can  still  sometimes  be  mis-­‐communications  between  instructors,  students  and  consultants.    Remember  to  assume  that  your  colleagues  are  doing  their  best,  and  try  to  resolve  any  communication  difficulties  quickly  and  collegially.    If  you  feel  as  if  you  might  need  extra  help,  please  contact  us  in  the  Writing  Program  –  we’re  here  to  help.  

 Documents  and  Activities:    These  items  are  related  to  documents  you’ll  produce  or  activities  we  need  you  to  engage  in.    

• Work  on  the  Self-­‐Assessment  with  your  students:  See  note  on  self-­‐assessment  below  • Make  sure  your  syllabus  matches  up  with  the  program  requirements  for  this  course:  See  

checklist  below  • Post  your  Instructor  Notes  after  each  class:  See  above  for  a  description  of  these  notes.    You’ll  

post  them  after  every  class,  in  an  online  space  that  will  store  it  and  make  it  available  for  both  students  and  the  consultants.  

Page 44: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

8

• Incorporate  the  Various  Notes  in  your  Course  plan:    It’s  important  that  you  don’t  just  “include”  the  note-­‐taking  requirements  in  your  course  plan.    Yes,  students  must  learn  to  take  the  notes  and  use  them  when  they  attend  study  groups  and  one-­‐to-­‐one  sessions;  however,  the  whole  process  will  be  more  effective  if  you  (the  instructor)  can  really  incorporate  these  elements  into  the  learning  in  your  course,  and  the  uptake  genres  you  use  to  measure  and  assess  learning.  

• Meeting  with  Consultants:  Consultants  and  instructors  don’t  need  to  have  regular  weekly  meetings.    But  we  will  ask  you  to  meet  with  your  consultants  on  the  Thursday  before  the  semester  starts  (that  will  be  Thursday,  August  13th  –  so  you’ll  need  to  make  sure  you  are  back  on  campus  by  that  date).  

• Copy  of  your  Syllabus:  We’ll  need  this  by  August  1st,  so  we  can  use  them  when  we’re  training  the  new  consultants!  

 Expectations  for  Students  We  do  have  expectations  for  students  (we  have  a  handout  that  101.10  students  will  get  in  their  first  study  group  session).    We’ll  continue  to  work  on  that  document  to  get  it  revised  for  fall,  but  this  is  a  list  of  our  current  listed  expectations:    

• Come  prepared  to  participate  every  week  –  This  also  means  attending  and  participating  in  class,  so  that  you  are  up-­‐to-­‐speed  on  the  concepts  and  projects  of  the  course.  

• Be  generous  with  your  knowledge,  especially  in  the  study  groups  -­‐-­‐  Remember  that  every  group  member  has  different  skills,  so  sharing  yours  will  be  important.  

• Think  about  your  contributions  in  class,  in  your  study  group  and  in  the  one-­‐to-­‐one  sessions  –  This  process  is  only  helpful  as  a  way  for  students  to  learn  if  each  student  makes  use  of  the  resources  provided  as  part  of  the  class.      

• Do  make  use  of  the  Consultant  as  a  resource  -­‐-­‐  The  consultant  is  an  experienced  writer,  and  a  successful  student.  He/she  will  definitely  be  able  to  help  the  group  with  information  and  ideas  about  your  writing  and  can  direct  you  to  a  whole  range  of  other  resources  you  can  use.  

• Don’t  Expect  the  Consultant  to  know  what  your  Teacher  expects  -­‐-­‐  You  and  your  peers  will  have  a  lot  more  information  about  the  writing  assignments  and  project  than  the  consultant,  because  you  are  attending  the  class,  so  you’ll  need  to  use  that  knowledge  rather  than  trying  to  depend  on  the  consultant.  

   Information  to  Include  in  Your  Syllabus  This  section  includes  a  checklist  of  items  you’ll  need  to  make  sure  you’ve  included  in  your  syllabus,  with  some  language  you’ll  want  to  include  verbatim  –  so  read  carefully!    [Note:  You  can  “tweak”  language  a  bit  if  you  need  to  –  but  make  sure  information  stays  the  same!]    ☐  Course  Description  

Specific  Language:  English  101.10  is  a  course  that  is  designed  to  provide  more  hands-­‐on  writing  experience  for  students  who  decide  they  can  benefit  from  extra  help  with  writing.  Students  self-­‐place  into  sections  of  ENG  101.10,  which  meets  3  days  per  week.  The  regular  class  sessions  meet  2  days  a  week  (MW  or  TR),  but  101.10  students  get  the  added  advantage  of  organized  study  groups,  led  by  your  writing  consultant,  which  will  meet  once  each  week.  Additionally,  students  are  expected  to  make  use  of  one-­‐to-­‐one  meetings  with  consultants  to  improve  your  understanding  and  ability  to  complete  the  work  of  the  course.  

 

Page 45: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

9

   

☐Description  of  Extra  Session  Activities  Specific  Language:    Working  with  your  peers  and  your  writing  consultant  will  be  an  important  part  of  your  work  in  this  course,  and  15%  of  your  course  grade  will  be  based  on  these  activities.    In  addition,  you’ll  use  work  that  you  do  in  the  study  and  one-­‐to-­‐one  sessions  to  improve  your  work  on  projects  in  the  class  –  so  working  with  your  consultant  can  really  help  you  to  be  successful  in  the  course.    NOTE:  These  are  the  activities  you  should  list  as  comprising  that  15%  grade.    You  can  tweak  language  here,  and  you  may  want  to  change  these  items  even  more  if  you  are  thinking  about  incorporating  these  activities  and  documents  into  other  “uptake”  genres  in  your  course.    So  feel  free  to  adjust,  but  these  activities  should  definitely  be  listed  as  part  of  the  course  grade.    

• Study  Groups:  You’ll  be  expected  to  attend  a  1-­‐hour  Study  Group  session  each  week,  in  addition  to  our  two  class  meetings.    Missing  these  counts  against  your  grade  in  the  course.  

• One-­‐to-­‐One  Meetings:  You’ll  also  be  expected  to  meet  with  your  consultant  in  a  one-­‐to-­‐one  meeting,  at  least  once  for  each  of  our  Units  (or  at  least  three  times  per  semester).  Missing  these  required  meetings  counts  against  your  grade.  

• Extra  One-­‐to-­‐One  meetings:    If  you  meet  with  your  consultant  more  than  one  time  during  a  particular  Unit,  you  can  “bank”  a  little  bit  of  extra  credit,  which  you  can  use  at  the  end  of  the  semester.    Each  extra  meeting  can  count  for  1/3  of  a  point  (on  a  100  point  scale  for  the  course),  so  three  extra  meetings  would  be  an  entire  point  towards  improving  your  grade  average  in  the  course  –  remember  though,  that  meetings  need  to  be  productive  in  order  to  be  counted  –  so  you’d  need  to  make  good  use  of  these  sessions!  [Here  we  are  thinking  of  this  as  a  way  to  encourage  students  to  attend  extra  sessions.    They  seem  to  respond  more  to  the  idea  of  “banking”  points  for  when  they  need  them  rather  than  “extra  credit.”  –  don’t  ask  us  why  since  it’s  basically  the  same  thing!  Feel  free  to  tweak  how  extra  points  can  be  “banked”  and  what  they  are  worth.]  

• Participation:  You’ll  be  expected  to  participate  fully  in  both  study  group  and  one-­‐to-­‐one  sessions.    The  consultant  doesn’t  “grade”  you  with  an  A,  B,  etc.,  but  he/she  will  make  note  of  students  who  “sit  with  their  arms  crossed”  and  refuse  to  try  to  make  the  study  groups  and  one-­‐to-­‐one  sessions  useful.    Also,  remember  that  your  fellow  students  also  count  on  you  for  their  learning.  

• Student  Class  Notes:  At  least  four  times  during  the  semester,  you’ll  be  asked  to  be  a  note-­‐taker  for  class.    These  notes  will  be  used  in  the  study  sessions,  and  for  other  parts  of  the  course  as  well.  

• Study  Session  Notes:  When  you’re  one  of  the  class  note-­‐takers,  you’ll  also  be  asked  to  help  create  the  Study  Session  notes  at  the  end  of  the  session.  

• One-­‐to-­‐One  Session  Notes:    When  you  meet  for  a  one-­‐to-­‐one  session  with  your  consultant,  the  two  of  you  will  also  create  meeting  notes  after  the  session.  

 

☐Consultant  Contact  Information:    You’ll  need  to  add  this  once  you’ve  been  assigned  a  consultant  who  will  be  working  with  your  students.    

Page 46: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

10

☐Attendance  Policy:    Attendance  policy  for  101.10  courses  is  the  same  as  for  any  2-­‐day  a  week  Writing  

Program  Course.      For  a  MW  or  TR  course:  Two  absences  are  unpenalized  (although  missing  work  can  still  be  assessed).  Each  absence  beginning  with  the  third  receives  a  penalty  of  1/3  of  a  letter  grade.  This  means  that  whatever  the  FINAL  letter  grade  in  the  course,  it  is  reduced  by  the  accrued  absences.  Eight  absences  is  just  slightly  over  20%  of  the  classes  for  the  course,  and  thus  results  in  an  automatic  failing  grade  for  the  course.      

☐Three  Units:  All  of  the  students  in  this  course  will  be  completing  the  self-­‐assessment  (and  it  takes  about  a  1  ½  weeks  (three  class  periods)  to  discuss  it.    Additionally,  we  think  it  will  work  best  to  connect  to  the  required  one-­‐to-­‐one  session  visits,  if  each  instructor  divides  his/her  course  into  three  major  Units  in  addition  to  the  self-­‐assessment.    These  units  can  be  whatever  you  decide  (in  terms  of  content)  and  you  can  have  more  than  one  kind  of  writing/genre  that  gets  produced  in  each  Unit.    We  just  think  that  chunking  it  up  this  way  will  help  students  to  value  (and  attend)  the  one-­‐to-­‐one  sessions,  and  help  you  to  incorporate  those  meetings  into  your  grading  for  each  Unit.  

 Information  about  the  Student  Self-­‐Assessment    Last  year  (fall  2014)  we  did  a  pilot  test  in  which  students  were  asked  to  complete  what  we  call  a  “self-­‐assessment”  as  part  of  their  introduction  to  the  course.  Our  student  found  some  interesting  (positive)  results,  so  we’re  going  to  try  it  again  in  Fall  2015.  The  goal  of  this  activity  is  threefold:    

• We  want  to  introduce  students  to  concepts  of  genre  and  activity  theory  • We  want  to  help  them  see  how  this  kind  of  work  can  be  practical  and  useful  to  them  • And  we  want  to  kind  of  “test”  them  (have  them  try  to  do  genre  and  activity  analysis  and  

research  and  production)  as  a  way  to  open  up  a  “conceptual  emptiness”  that  illustrates  that  these  are  not  yet  skills  they  posses  in  significant  amounts.    

This  last  item  (that  they  don’t  already  know  this  stuff)  is  something  that  we  (as  teachers)  know,  but  often  students  don’t  seem  to  fully  realize.  Often  in  101  (and  especially  in  101.10),  the  seem  to  assume  that  all  they  need  is  a  set  of  directions,  and  any  kind  of  writing  will  be  makes  sense  and  be  accessible.  This  means  that  it  often  takes  2-­‐6  weeks  before  students  (in  both  101  and  101.10)  will  admit  that  our  genre/activity  focus  might  actually  have  some  value.    Wow.  In  designing  the  assessment,  we  hope  that  asking  them  to  complete  some  actual  activities  that  would  be  common  in  the  course,  would  help  them  to  see  what  they  don’t  know.    The  assessment  isn’t  graded,  and  it’s  not  meant  to  be  punitive.  The  idea  is  that  just  going  through  the  activity  will  help  them  to  see  that  there  is  a  “hole”  in  their  knowledge  and  thus  make  them  more  willing  to  take  up  the  new  ideas  and  concepts  the  class  provides  them.  In  the  pilot  study  we  found  some  results  that  definitely  support  this  idea  –  certainly  enough  for  us  to  feel  like  we  want  to  try  it  again,  and  actually  research  some  of  the  differences  between  students  who  complete  the  assessment  and  students  who  don’t!    All  of  the  101.10  classes  will  complete  the  assessment.    This  fall  (2015)  the  assessment  and  all  the  surveys  will  be  done  online  –  so  you  can  do  it  in  your  classroom  on  the  first  day  of  class.    We’ll  be  providing  you  the  assessment  instruments  before  the  end  of  spring  semester  (so  you’ll  know  what  to  expect,  but  here  is  a  checklist  so  that  you  can  think  about  how  to  organize  your  first  weeks  of  class:    

☐Self-­‐Assessment  Checklist:  You  don’t  need  to  put  the  self-­‐assessment  in  your  syllabus  (since  it’s  not  graded).    But  we  do  need  to  you  to  provide  time  in  your  calendar  to  complete  the  various  aspects  of  the  

Page 47: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

11

assessment  (including  discussing  answers  to  the  self-­‐assessment  with  students).    There  are  actually  four  elements  to  the  assessment:    (1)  the  First  day  survey;  (2)  The  actual  assessment;  (3)  the  follow-­‐up  survey;  and  (4)  the  end-­‐of-­‐semester  survey.    Here  is  how  you  should  plan  for  these  activities  in  your  course  schedule:    

• First  day  of  class  –  Student  should  complete  the  “pre-­‐survey”  before  they  discuss  the  class  at  all  (survey  will  be  online  and  should  only  take  about  10  minutes).      

• Then  you  can  discuss  the  assessment  with  them  (you  can  feel  free  to  explain  it  and  help  them  to  understand  it)  and  have  them  start  on  the  assessment  in  class.    The  assessment  should  take  the  remainder  of  the  class  period  on  the  first  day  of  class.  (The  assessment  will  be  online).  

• On  the  2nd  day  of  class  you  can  discuss  your  syllabus  and  course  plan  with  students.    You  can  talk  about  the  assessment  in  any  way  you  want,  if  you  want  (but  you  won’t  have  the  results  yet).  

• By  the  3rd  day  of  class  you’ll  have  the  results  of  the  assessment.    Your  discussion  shouldn’t  necessarily  be  like  a  “quiz,”  (where  you  go  over  all  the  answers).    What’s  important  is  that  you  and  your  students  discuss  the  “why”  of  these  questions.    What  did  they  feel  confident  about  –  what  did  they  NOT  feel  confident  about?    Did  they  see  how  studying  these  kinds  of  things  might  be  useful?  

• Then,  on  the  last  day  of  the  2nd  week  of  class,  we’ll  ask  you  to  have  students  complete  a  2nd  survey  (survey  will  be  online  and  take  about  10  minutes  or  so  to  complete).  

• Finally,  during  the  last  week  of  class,  we’ll  ask  the  students  complete  a  final  survey.  • NOTE:    All  surveys  should  be  completed  in  class,  in  order  to  get  the  highest  possible  response  

rate.    Also  –  we’ll  send  you  all  the  survey  questions  and  assessment  questions  by  June  1st,  so  that  you  can  have  plenty  of  time  to  look  them  over  before  the  semester  starts.  

   

 APPENDIX  A:      Information  about  the  Note  Taking  Documents      101.10  Documents  The  following  chart  shows  each  type  of  note-­‐taking  activity  with  important  information  about  who  makes  it,  where  it  gets  stored,  etc.    (We’ll  provide  guides  for  instructors  and  students  for  their  “notes”  as  well  as  instructions  for  any  technical  aspects  you  need  to  understand.      Type  of  Document    

Who  Writes  It?   Who  needs  Access?  

Print/Digital   Where  is  it  stored?  

Instructor  Notes  

Instructors  write  these  after  each  class  they  teach.  (2-­‐4  times  each  week,  depending  on  the  

Students  Consultants  Instructors  Writing  Program  

Digital   These  notes  are  actually  going  to  be  public  on  our  website  at  www.isuwriting.com  (the  notes  will  not  be  prominently  displayed  but  will  available  through  a  link).    We’ll  

Page 48: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

12

number  of  sections  they  teach)  

General  public    

provide  you  with  a  specific  handout  on  how  to  create  your  notes  in  ths  space,  but  it  should  be  a  really  very  straightforward  process.      

Student  Notes  

3  students  in  EACH  class  period  throughout  the  semester  will  write  these.      

Accessible  to  class  members  but  not  across  sections  or  to  the  public.  

Digital   Instructors  will  create  a  folder  in  their  “resources  and  materials”  space  in  Reggienet  where  students  can  upload  their  meeting  notes.    Consultant  will  also  have  access,  and  we’ll  ask  you  to  add  one  member  of  the  WP  staff  to  your  class,  so  we  can  download  the  notes  for  our  archive.    

Study  Group  Session  Notes  

These  are  composed  by  both  students  and  consultant  together.  

Accessible  to  class  members  but  not  across  sections  or  to  the  public.  

Digital   These  will  saved  to  a  google  doc  that  allows  access  only  to  members  of  the  class  (and  the  WP  staff  member).    We’re  using  Google  Docs  so  all  members  can  write  the  document  together  in  a  shared  file.  

1-­‐to-­‐1  Session  Notes  

Composed  by  a  single  student  and  single  consultant  

Accessible  on  to  student,  consultant  and  instructor  

Digital   For  these  notes,  student  and  consultant  will  use  a  word.  Doc  form  and  email  it  to  instructor,  consultant  and  student.    Consultant  will  store  a  copy  for  the  WP  archive.  

Scheduler  for  1-­‐to-­‐1  sessions  

This  is  an  online  space  where  students  can  sign  up  for  1-­‐to-­‐1  sessions.  

Students  can  sign  up,  cancel  appointments  and  get  reminders.  Consultants  can  also  view.  

Obviously  digital.    Here  is  the  software  we’re  currently  using.  

Here  is  the  system  we  used  last  fall.      We  may  be  switching  to  a  new  system  for  Fall  2015.    https://simplybook.me/    

   

Page 49: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
Appendix E: Flyer for the Spring 2015 Writing Research Colloquium
Page 50: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 Sponsored  by  The  Illinois  State  University  Writing  Program  www.isuwriting.com      

For  more  information  about  this  event  or  accommodations,  or  to  reserve  seating  for  your  class,  please  contact  Emily  Johnston,  Colloquium  

Coordinator,  at  [email protected],  or  contact  the  ISU  Writing  Program  at  (309)  438-­‐3957.  

The annual Grassroots Writing Research Spring Colloquium promotes student research in the study of writing practices, taking its name from the Grassroots Writing Research Journal, the core text for ISU Writing Program courses. Our invited speakers at

this year’s colloquium include the following student writing researchers:

Stephanie Behnke, 2014-15 Grassroots Undergraduate Writing Research Fellow “The Process of Expressing Apologies Among Undergraduate Students”

A sophomore in Sociology at ISU, Stephanie is currently researching the activity of interpersonal apologizing, applying her newfound interest in cultural-historic activity theory to her passion for studying society. In this presentation, Stephanie uses

activity theory to better understand how ISU students apologize to one another in interpersonal relationships. Stephanie seeks to create a robust picture of the choices students make when they’re apologizing, especially their choices to use different

digital and non-digital technologies to make apologies.

Kayla Scott, 2014-15 Grassroots Undergraduate Writing Research Fellow “A Writing Research Project on How Artists Write”

A sophomore styling both Art Teacher Education and Ceramics majors at ISU, Kayla is currently conducting “A Writing Research Project on How Artists Write.” Kayla’s passion for art, language, and teaching has sparked her love of writing research. In this presentation, Scott discusses her quest to further understand the genre of the artist statement through

interviews and surveys with artists at various stages of their careers. Ultimately, she finds that writing connects people across different disciplines—whether you are an artist, mathematician, or still undeclared—and is essential for communication,

understanding, and being successful.

Thaddeus Stoklasa and Scott Pyrz, Grassroots Writing Research Journal Authors (5.2) “A Story of Collaborative Writing: How Technology and Unchecked Arrogance Led to an Unpublishable Debacle” In this presentation, Thaddeus and Scott (Ph.D. students in English Studies at ISU) share about composing an article featured

in the current issue of the Grassroots Writing Research Journal—an article that ruminates on how technological and partnership choices people make when writing collaboratively impact the successes and failures of that work.

REFRESHMENTS WILL BE PROVIDED.

THE  ILLINOIS  STATE  UNIVERSITY  WRITING  PROGRAM  PRESENTS  

   THE  GRASSROOTS  WRITING  RESEARCH  SPRING  COLLOQUIUM  

 Thursday,  February  26th    Stevenson  Hall  401  

7-­‐9PM      

Page 51: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
Appendix F: Flyer for the New Writing Program Internship Positions
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
Page 52: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

The ISU Writing Program sponsors a paid internship program to promote student research in the study of writing practices. These yearlong internships provide a $500 stipend ($250/semester) for up to two undergraduate interns, as well as cutting-edge professional experience in writing, researching, editing and publishing. Up to 6 hours of English Department internship credit are available but not required for this opportunity. What do Grassroots Interns do? Interns work for the Grassroots Writing Research Journal (GWRJ), a journal of citizen writing research published through the ISU Writing Program. Intern activities include: ü Assisting with the journal’s review and editorial process ü Contributing to a writing research blog on the ISU Writing Program website ü Creating resources for authors to help them write GWRJ articles ü Presenting at our annual Grassroots Colloquium ü Producing GWRJ articles themselves.

How can I become a Grassroots Intern? Contact the ISU Writing Program Outreach Coordinator at [email protected]! We will ask applicants to submit (1) a current resume and (2) a letter of interest detailing their experience with editing, journalism and/or qualitative research, as well as any prior GWRJ experience. NOTE: If you want to use this opportunity as your English Department internship, we can help you make your hours work with the department’s internship requirements. Will these skills be on your resume? ü Multimedia storytelling skills ü Data collection, analysis & interpretation ü Ability to maintain tight deadlines ü Excellent written & oral communication skills ü Strong editing & proofreading skills ü Adaptability (ability to work well independently & in teams)

The Illinois State University Writing Program Grassroots Undergraduate Internships

Page 53: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Appendix G: Writing Program Undergraduate Mentors Note: This is a draft version of a plan for this project Overview: The Writing Program Undergraduate Mentors Project is designed to bring together as a team students from a diverse range of writing and life experiences to mentor students in our ENG 101 classes. This project seeks to increase the diversity of incoming freshmen at ISU, particularly (prospective) English majors, and to ensure the continued success of students in the ISU Writing Program. In the ISU Writing Program, students learn to focus on how different types of writing are constructed in a whole range of situations. We call this broad writing landscape, literate activity, or complex writing situations. To focus on literate activity means to study how people use various literacy skills in all kinds of situations in the world: from filling out forms, to sending texts, emails, notes & letters, to producing articles and essays and videos. Our ENG 101 class is designed to help students investigate this landscape, and to develop practical skills for assessing their own writing and learning to to transfer their skills into diverse literate situations. The mentoring project seeks to help students build up robust writing research identities. Additionally, the project seeks to help students value the work they will do in ENG 101. We have found that frequently, students who have mostly thought of “school writing” as equivalent to “essay writing” can have a difficult time understanding why we are asking them to study complex writing situations. Used to studying one kind of writing at a time, these students often have difficulty learning to connect the writing they do in one place with other kinds of writing they may do elsewhere. The Undergraduate Mentors Project will help us to introduce new ENG 101 students to more experienced students who have already been successful in the class. The mentors can also share information about all the kinds of writing they are doing, in lots of places (other ISU classes, co-curricular activities, work & community life). Who will be Mentors? Because we know that English majors tend to be people who like reading, hearing and telling stories, writing and teaching, we think that ISU English majors could be excellent mentors in our program. Students can apply to be mentors in our program when they make the decision to attend ISU, and we will enroll them at the same time as they enroll in their fall courses at ISU. Starting with the incoming class of Fall 2016, we will select 23 student mentors from the incoming freshman class who have stated an intention to attend ISU as English Studies Majors. How will the Mentors be trained? Enrolled Mentors will take a special ENG 101 class. This class will cover the same content, generally, as our regular ENG 101 classes, but students will also spend the semester training to become mentors. So instead of just learning the course material, they will be discussing how to share what they are learning with future ISU students. What will the Mentoring work be like? Selected mentors would commit to 1 ½ years to train and then serve as mentors. Beginning in their 2nd spring semester at ISU, mentors will work with students taking ENG 101. They will attend class sessions from a range of ENG 101 classes, work directly with instructors to help develop materials for ENG 101 students, and hold one-on-one and small group mentoring sessions with current ENG 101 students. They will continue this role in the Fall semester of their sophomore year.

Page 54: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Will Mentors be paid? Yes! Students selected for our Mentorship program will be paid 10.00 per hour for the work that they do in the spring and fall following their training semester. How does one become a Mentor? Once you have received your acceptance from ISU, you can apply online for our mentorship program. We will ask you to write a brief essay about your writing experience, fill out a short questionnaire, and provide two letters of support. These can come from friends, teachers, community members, or work supervisors who can talk about your writing experience. How are Mentors selected? We will select up to 12 students who apply. The ideal qualifications for being a Writing Program Undergraduate Mentor include having different life experiences with writing. We are especially interested in students from diverse ethnic, social, and economic backgrounds who are interested in telling us about how their experiences with writing have shaped them in unique ways. We are not looking for students who are “best” writers, rather students who are willing to think about how writing works in the world. How can writing be fun, scary, difficult, or exciting for you? How can writing help you achieve things in the world, but also can act as a barrier -- a way to keep people out of certain groups or institutions? These are the kinds of questions we are most interested in hearing applicants engage with. Most of all, were looking for students who can think broadly and creatively about all the activities in the world that include writing, and students who are excited by the idea of exploring how writing happens in these different spaces. Your grades will not be considered as part of your application, although we are interested in hearing about what you have learned from the writing you have done in school. What are the requirements for being employed as a Mentor? Once we select our mentors for the year, these students will be placed into an ENG 101 course that has been specifically designed to both teach them the course material and to train them as writing program mentors. Students must pass the class with be B or better. The course will be designed to help all 12 students move on to become mentors, but mentors will also have to prove their willingness to learn course material and their commitment to the work of being mentors. Further, mentors will need to maintain an exemplary work record in the spring semester to be asked to return for the next fall semester. Benefits of the Mentorship Program Department Benefits: For our English Studies department the Mentorship program is an excellent resource. It can help us to recruit students with diverse ethnic, social and economic backgrounds, but it can also help us to value these students once they arrive on campus. Since many of these diverse students may have writing backgrounds that are different, working with these students can help us to value these experiences as part of our improving understanding of literate activity. But this program can also help us to help these students as they may struggle at times to connect their own experiences to those of the mainstream students at Illinois State. Thus we can help them to succeed in our program and as ISU students, while at the same time helping them (and us) to recognize and explore how their diverse experiences shape them as writers. Writing Program Benefits: This program can have enormous benefits for our Writing Program, which will then benefit our work to connect to the General Education courses, and to efforts at developing a more robust Writing-Across-the-Curriculum program at ISU. While we have only begun to explore the specific benefits of this project for our program, we can provide the following partial list:

Page 55: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

• We’re excited as we simply begin to imagine the wealth of experience and knowledge student-mentors will bring to our understanding of literate activity. Working with these students can help us make our program pedagogy more inclusive, more responsive, and more rigorous.

• Working directly with undergraduate students in ways that allow students an active voice in shaping the curriculum is a long-term goal for the program. This project will help us create a pool of students who better understand the program goals and therefore, may have a stronger investment in helping us to improve the course.

• Having one-on-one and small group mentoring available for ENG 101 students that is directly connected to our program pedagogy has been a long-term goal for our program. This project will help us to develop these resources.

• As they students move on into their coursework at ISU, we can invite these students to return as undergraduate editors, reviewers, and authors for the Grassroots Writing Research Journal and our Beyond 101 Student Podcasts.

Benefits for the Writing Program Mentors: The specialized ENG 101 class will give mentors a chance to develop a cohort, and to work more closely with english graduate students and faculty very early in their work at ISU. The work of closely examining their own literate practice can be valuable for these students, regardless of the track within the major they decide to pursue. Connecting to the Writing Program more directly, early in their progress at ISU, can open up avenues for further experiences, teaching, writing, editing and publishing. Finally, these students will have a way to earn at least a small salary doing work that connects directly to their experiences as English majors, which can be a valuable experience for their resumes and future employment prospects. Benefits for ENG 101 Students: This population of students will also benefit from the mentor project. The Undergraduate Mentors can provide the kind of peer-mentoring that has been shown to be effective in a range of writing center experiences. They can benefit from the resources (sharing stories, experiences of writing and ideas for success in the course) these Mentors will produce, and they can benefit from the ways the writing program will collaborate with the Mentors to make the course more accessible and understandable. Timeline: Spring 2015 - Fall 2016: Work to recruit prospective English Majors Spring 2015 - Fall 2016: Apply for a range of funding opportunities Fall 2015:

• Set up the ENG 101 course for these students; recruit an instructor • finalized designs for the course • Redesign our STV space (Room 128) to be a space for the mentors • Finalize application and selection process • process through which we’ll introduce these student to campus and to each other

complete • Figure out payment plan for students • Make sure we have an adequate system in place for students to sign up for 1-on-

1 or small group sessions. Spring 2016:

• Application and acceptance process complete • begin 1-on-1 contact with students selected for the program • Begin recruitment for Fall 2017 Mentors

Page 56: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Summer 2016: Some kind of event for the new mentors before school starts. Fall 2016:

• Cohort ENG 101 course (all Mentors attend) • they can also do work with our M.A. level Writing Consultants during this

semester (sitting in on 1-on-1 and group sessions). • Develop marketing materials for Spring 101 -- advertising the mentor services for

101 instructors. • Figure out how Mentors will interact with 101 instructors • figure out pay schedules for mentors (note any who may drop out of the program

for various reasons) Spring 2017:

• Prior to the semester session for Mentors • Introduce them to our instructors at our Summit • begin mentoring work and work with 101 instructors • have mentors work on resources for students (including 101 podcasts)

Summer 2017:

• Mentors maybe meet during summer for team-building day? In the week before the semester starts?

• Introduce experienced mentors to the new mentors during team-building • Make adjustments to mentoring process based on spring experiences

Fall 2017: • repeat mentoring activities. • begin with new mentors

Budget This is still a very drafty section, but we know we’ll need funding for the following:

Supervisor for the program: I’d like to see a faculty member get a course release for this

?

budget for summer training for mentors 1000.00

budget for M.A. level students (2) to oversee mentors

75 hours x 15.00 = 1125.00 (+2) = 2250.00 per semester x 2 = 4500.00

budget for student mentors each semester 9000.00 x 2 = 18,000.00

23,500.00

Draft  of  Flyer  to  promote  the  program    

Page 57: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 

Page 58: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Appendix  H:    Semester  Reports  for  Fall  2015    These  are  the  semester  reports  from  Fall  2015  for  the  Writing  Program  Team  members        Evan  Nave  101.10  Coordinator  Fall  2015  Semester  Report      

       WPLT  Meetings  (25  hours)    Every  other  week,  all  of  the  WPLT  members  meet  for  an  hour  to  an  hour  and  a  half  to  discuss  projects  pertinent  to  the  Writing  Program.  In  addition  to  these  larger  group  meetings,  I  met  with  Dr.  Walker  every  week  for  a  half  hour  to  an  hour  to  discuss  relevant  issues  pertaining  specifically  to  ENG  101.10.  These  hours  combine  all  the  meeting  times  where  I  met  with  Dr.  Walker  and/or  the  entire  WPLT.      Professional  Development  Discussions  (10  hours)  

35  

20  

25  10  

35  

25  

101.10  Coordinator  Fall  2015  Hours  Distribution  

Cohort  Group  Meetings  

2015  Document  Planning/Writing  

WPLT  Meetings  

Professional  Development  Discussions  

Fall  2015  Orientation    

Administrative  Duties  

Page 59: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 Although  I  was  on  campus  less  this  semester  (due  to  a  move  outside  the  Bloomington-­‐Normal  area),  I  still  met  informally  with  the  ENG  101  Coordinator,  Jeff  Rients,  to  discuss  the  operation  of  ENG  101.10.  Our  discussions  usually  pertained  to  how  to  best  handle  different  administrative  duties  and  implement  Writing  Program  policies  and  Learning  Outcomes.  I  categorize  our  discussions  as  “Professional  Development”  because  they  helped  me  grow  as  a  Writing  Program  Leadership  Team  member  and  teacher.    Administrative  Duties/Mentoring  (25  hours)    As  in  previous  semesters,  I  spent  a  lot  of  time  in  Fall  2015  answering  Consultant  emails,  phone  calls,  and  text  messages,  addressing  Instructor  concerns  on  a  case-­‐by-­‐case,  in-­‐person  basis,  and  checking  in  on  Consultants  and  Instructors  during  their  on-­‐campus  office  hours.  These  hours  cover  my  day-­‐to-­‐day  duties  as  the  ENG  101.10  Coordinator,  the  small  communication-­‐related  tasks  that  add  up  to  ENG  101  and  101.10  running  more  smoothly.  Often,  my  meetings  (both  formal  and  informal)  with  Consultants  pertained  to  helping  them  develop  successful  professional  attitudes  and  behaviors  in  their  work  as  Writing  Program  teachers  and  Illinois  State  University  graduate  students.    Cohort  Group  Meetings  (30  Hours)      I  held  two,  one-­‐hour,  mandatory  Cohort  group  meetings  each  week  this  fall  semester.  One  meeting  was  with  4  Consultants,  and  the  other  with  the  remaining  3  Consultants,  to  fit  the  schedules  of  all  our  new  WP  master’s  students.  In  these  meetings  (sometimes  held  on  campus  in  the  Writing  Program,  and  sometimes  held  at  local  coffee  shops)  we  discussed  how  the  different  aspects  of  ENG  101.10  (Study  Group  Sessions,  1-­‐On-­‐1  Sessions,  office  hours  with  students,  communicating  with  ENG  101.10  Instructors,  etc.)  were  functioning  for  each  of  the  Consultants.  These  meetings  offered  Consultants  professional  support,  opportunities  for  camaraderie,  and  a  space  to  share  experiences  and  offer  suggestions  for  future  iterations  of  ENG  101.10.      Fall  2015  Orientation  (30  Hours)      These  hours  account  for  planning  and  participating  in  the  fall  2015  Writing  Program  Orientation  events.  Some  of  the  activities  I  engaged  in  were:  designing  and  leading  Consultant  training  lessons,  meeting  with  Consultants  1-­‐on-­‐1  to  welcome  them  to  ISU  as  a  geographic  location  and  the  Writing  Program  and  English  Department  as  academic/professional  spaces,  participating  in  Program  policy/philosophy  sessions,  and  holding  office  hours  so  Consultants  could  meet  if  they  needed    further  clarification  of  Orientation  goals.      2015-­‐2016  Document  Planning/Writing  (15  Hours)    Similar  to  spring  2015,  a  good  portion  of  my  time  this  semester  was  spent  planning  for  future  semesters  of  ENG  101.10.  I  conceptualized  and  completed  administrative  documents  for  future  Advisors,  Instructors,  and  Consultants,  created  an  end  of  the  semester  survey  (I’ll  analyze  data  this  coming  spring),  and  worked  with  master’s  student,  Shannon  Harman  on  re-­‐envisioning  the  functionality  of  Instructor,  Consultant,  and  Student  Notetaking  practices  and  philosophies.        

Page 60: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Email:  One  of  my  most  time  intensive  tasks  this  semester  concerned  the  mass  amounts  of  e-­‐mails  I  had  to  send/read.  E-­‐mail  was  the  most  common  form  of  communication  for  when  someone  would  request  help  or  shed  light  on  a  problem  (typically  a  website  issue).  Throughout  the  semester,  I  helped  several  people  with  Reggienet  and  SimplyBook  issues,  website  problems,  hardware  questions,  and  practically  all  communication  concerning  the  longitudinal  study  –  all  through  e-­‐mail.  Although  somewhat  time  consuming  on  my  end,  e-­‐mail  proved  to  be  the  best  form  of  communication  for  my  duties.      Meetings:  The  meetings  this  semester  consisted  of  the  weekly  small  group  meetings  (with  Francesco  and  Joyce),  the  bi-­‐weekly  big  group  meetings  with  the  WPLT,  and  any  and  all  meetings  with  fellow  instructors  (scheduled  through  e-­‐mails),  longitudinal  study  volunteers  (Emily  and  Danielle),  Francesco  (to  help  train  me),  and  the  podcast  crew  (both  the  intern  podcast  crew  and  David).  Most  of  the  problems  that  were  presented  through  e-­‐mails  throughout  the  semester  were  solved  through  in-­‐person  meeetings.    Planning/Logistics:  Much  of  this  category  could  be  switched  to  the  Meetings  category  and  vice  versa.  A  great  deal  of  planning  for  various  tasks  such  as  the  podcasts  and  website  improvements  were  done  during  meetings.  I  tried  to  keep  the  more  “planning  focused”  meetings  scheduled  under  this  category.  Other  planning/logistics  tasks  completed  this  semester  include  researching  the  best  software  for  a  variety  of  tasks  (audio/video  compression,  forum  replacements,  etc.),  planning  for  the  set  up  and  tear  down  of  hardware  (mics,  cameras,  etc.),  and  organizing  data.    Tech/Website:  The  majority  of  my  time  this  semester  was  spent  on  tech  and  the  website.  Almost  all  of  my  tasks  included  either  tech  or  website  requirements  that  might  be  considered  for  other  categories  (exporting,  bouncing,  and  uploading  media  for  example),  but  fit  best  under  tech/website.  Each  week  I  would  spend  time  on  the  website  searching  for  any  bugs  or  

Page 61: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

broken/dead  links.  Also,  time  I  spent  researching  and  working  with  the  back  end  of  the  site  took  up  a  good  deal  of  time.  All  of  the  podcasts  and  video  recordings  also  fit  under  this  category.  Although  a  good  deal  of  my  time  was  spent  on  tech/website  tasks,  my  busiest  weeks  were  at  the  end  of  the  semester  when  everyone  else  had  all  of  their  media  ready  to  be  edited/uploaded.    Total  Hours:  151.5        ENG  145  Coordinator  Activity  Report  Fall  2015  

   Resource  Development  (24%):  This  category  logs  work  done  writing  blog  entries  for  isuwriting.com  and  new  content  for  the  Spreading  Roots  section  of  the  website.  It  also  includes  hours  for  the  CHAT  podcast  with  Jeremy.  A  majority  of  these  hours  were  primarily  spent  on  re-­‐writes  of  GRWJ  articles  for  Spreading  Roots.  I  also  included  work  on  the  info-­‐graphic  for  ENG  145  in  this  category.  Meetings  (19%):  This  category  consists  mostly  of  the  biweekly  Writing  Program  Leadership  Team  meetings  and  weekly  meetings  with  the  Writing  Program  Director.    Email  (14%):  Email  exchanges  with  other  WPLT  members  and  with  other  instructors.  Email  is  the  most  effective  way  for  me  to  respond  when  I’m  not  on  campus.  Events  (13%):  This  included  assistance  with  the  Visiting  Speaker  event  and  participating  in  the  Writing  Program  presentations  at  the  TYCA-­‐Midwest  conference  and  at  NCTE.  (I  only  included  presentation  time  for  both  of  these  events.)  

19%  

14%  

13%  

9%  

0%  

3%  2%  

6%  

24%  

10%  

Hours  Logged  by  Activity  

Meetings  

Email  

Events  

Planning/Logistics  

Professional  Development  

Observations  

Editorial/Review  

Mentoring/Training  

Resource  Dev.  

Tech/Website  

Page 62: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Tech/Website  (10%):  These  hours  were  primarily  spent  on  updating/uploading  the  resources  for  the  isuwriting.com.  ENG  145  and  Spreading  Roots  sections.  It  also  includes  hours  for  updating  the  mini-­‐grant  section  of  the  site  and  uploading  the  three  new  grants  for  the  fall  semester.    Planning/Logistics  (9%):  This  category  consists  mainly  of  planning  meetings  with  Jeremy  for  the  CHAT  podcast.  Additional  work  included  planning  for  the  WAC  survey.    Mentoring  (6%  of  total):  This  category  includes  meetings  exchanges  with  any  Writing  Program  instructor  in  need  of  any  sort  of  support.    Observations  (3%):  These  included  observations  of  two  instructors  new  to  ENG  145/ENG  145.13.  Instructors  were  observed  for  50  to  75  minutes  each,  followed  by  a  short  debriefing.  Later,  the  notes  from  the  observation  were  proof-­‐read  and  edited,  shared  with  the  instructor,  and  archived  in  the  Writing  Program’s  Dropbox  account.  Editorial/Reviewing  (2%):  This  category  records  editorial  or  review  work  done  on  the  Director’s  new  article  for  the  Grassroots  Writing  Research  Journal  and  review  work  on  another  GRWJ  article.  Professional  Development  (0.00%):  There  were  no  hours  spent  on  professional  development  outside  the  Writing  Program.  TOTAL  HOURS  LOGGED:  148.25  Submitted  by  Deb  Riggert-­‐Kieffer        Fall  2015  End  of  Semester  Report  David  Giovagnoli,  Writing  Program  Outreach  Coordinator  

 

Page 63: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 Planning  &  Logistics  –  33%    Because  the  majority  of  my  tasks  this  semester  were  event-­‐based,  especially  the  Visiting  Speaker  Series,  most  of  my  hours  this  semester  were  spent  in  preparation  for  these  events.  This  category  includes  work  for  the  Visiting  Speaker  Series,  Instructor  Podcasts,  TYCA  conference  presentation,  and  the  Spring  2016  Writing  Research  Colloquium.  This  category,  as  logistics,  also  includes  one  week  of  substitute  instructing  for  two  sections  of  a  writing  program  course.    Events  –  17%      This  category  includes  the  Visiting  Speaker  Series  and  a  presentation  at  the  TYCA-­‐Midwest  conference,  both  of  which  were  significant  short  term  expenditures  of  time.  This  category  refers  to  the  actual  execution  of  these  events.            Meetings  –  14%    A  significant  percentage  of  my  time  was  spent  in  meetings  this  semester,  which  included  both  semi-­‐weekly  Writing  Program  Leadership  Team  meetings  and  semi-­‐weekly  individual  meetings  with  Maegan  Gaddis,  Writing  Program  Program  Coordinator.  In  addition,  this  category  includes  other  one-­‐off  meetings,  such  as  one  with  the  Milner  Library  critical  inquiry  team  members.    Email  –  11%    This  category  includes  reading,  composing,  and  writing  emails  during  the  semester  that  dealt  with  Writing  Program  business,  on  average  an  hour  a  week.      Mentoring  –  9%    This  category  refers  to  the  Grassroots  Writing  Research  Internship  Program.  I  met  weekly  with  interns  Nathan  Schmidt  and  Annie  Hackett  to  discuss  their  progress  on  their  various  tasks  during  the  semester,  including  the  Beyond  101  Student  Podcast  series,  their  blogging,  and  the  Half-­‐Mile  project.    Professional  Development  –  8%    In  preparation  for  transition  to  the  ENG  101  Coordinator  position,  I  attended  the  weekly  cohort  meetings  with  ENG  101  instructors  and  the  ENG  101  Coordinator,  Jeff  Rients.  The  activities  conducted  here  could  also  be  considered  mentoring.    Editorial  –  4%    A  small  percentage  of  my  time  was  spent  doing  editorial  work  for  the  Grassroots  Writing  Research  Journal,  in  the  form  of  reviewing.  

Page 64: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

 Observations  –  2%    I  observed  one  instructor’s  class  this  semester,  for  the  Writing  Program  Director.    Resource  Creation  –  2%    The  actual  execution  of  the  instructor  podcasts  took  2%  of  my  time,  in  addition  to  work  done  over  the  winter  interim  to  put  them  on  the  website  with  text  annotations.    

Page 65: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Editorial/Reviewing

(32.89% of total): This

category includes

direct editorial work

for the GWRJ. This

includes: reviewing

article submissions

and review

letters/revision

assessments written

by assistant and guest

editors, writing editor

letters and

copyediting. The work

represented in this category is the primary responsibility of the GWRJ Associate Editor.

Meetings (24.97% of total) – This category consists of weekly one-on-one meetings with the Director

and bi-weekly Writing Program Leadership Team meetings as well as various other meetings (including

one-on-one meetings, trainings and classroom visits) throughout the semester with assistant editors,

guest editors, interns, writing instructors and student authors. It also includes meetings that were held

individually with WPLT members for planning purposes.

Planning/Logistics (23.65% of total) – This category includes a wide range of duties that are essential to

the eventual publication of each issue of the journal. Examples of tasks included in this category are:

planning for and assigning article reviews and revision assessments to assistant and guest editors,

tracking the progress of all submitted articles and the various assignments given to reviewers (assistant

editors, guest editors, interns, etc.), and strategizing and planning for the next installment of the journal,

among other things.

Email (14.66% of total) – This category includes all email related to the GWRJ. This includes time all

spent on email correspondence with authors, assistant and guest editors and other interested parties as

well as monitoring of the GWRJ email account.

Events (3.83% of total) –This category represents the time spent providing support for the Visiting

Speaker visit.

Tech/Website (0.00% of total) – This category does not include planning activities and meetings with

the tech coordinator and Director regarding the GWRJ section of the website.

Professional Development (0.00% of total) – This category does not include activities attended as part

of the WPLT.

GWRJ Associate Editor Activity Report

Fall 2015

Page 66: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Observations (0.00% of total) – This category is not relevant to this position.

Resource Development (0.00% of total) – This category does not include development of resources

directly in support of the GWRJ including updating/creating of documents such as the “Teaching w/ the

GWRJ” and “Connecting to the Learning Objectives w/ the GWRJ” or other guidance documents related

to writing for, editing with or using the journal as a teaching resource. Time spent on these resources

are included in the “Planning/Logistics” category above.

TOTAL HOURS LOGGED: 189.25 Submitted by Sarah Warren-Riley

Page 67: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

WPTL Tech Coordinator Activity Report (website) Fall 2015 Hours Logged by Activity

Website development and maintenance (83.75%): This category consists of the work I did related to developing and maintaining the website, including: design and implementation of 101.10 consultant session notes system, 101.10 consultant scheduling system, custom wiki system for Key Terms & Concepts, advanced search system (including by author, tag, custom field), social media system (with auto-posting to various social media outlets), blog system (including custom tag-related features), user-related customizations (set-up, roles, restrictions, dashboard, and custom widgets), and GWRJournal section (based on individual, taggable, downloadable, journal articles). Each of these systems required customizations across multiple WordPress core functions, as well as testing and troubleshooting. Included in this category is also fixing navigation issues (like the Professional Development section), troubleshooting and fixing any website issues identified by WPTL team members, and setting up and maintaining a website back up system (both on server and on external hard drive). Meetings (14.95%): This category consists of biweekly Writing Program Leadership Team meetings, weekly meetings with the Writing Program Director, and website related meetings with WPLT staff. Events (1.3%): Attending Visiting Speaker and other WPLT sponsored events. TOTAL HOURS LOGGED: 148.75 Submitted by Francesco Levato

Page 68: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Professional Development Coordinator End-of-Semester Report Michelle Wright Dottore, December 5, 2015

42% Resource Development (approx. 100 hours): Resource development included many mediums and areas. One of the mediums involved continuing to produce another White Board Animation YouTube video, which is a part of our YouTube Channel: Learning Outcome Adventure Series, intended to help instructors and students from Illinois State University and beyond about our Writing Program’s key concepts and terms, which come together in our eight program Learning Outcomes. Another goal for me was continuing to maximize the applicability of our online resources, such as clipping videos of our Half-Mile Event into fifteen consumable two-three minute clips with titles and textual previews. Other resources included making materials for two professional conferences, such as producing PowerPoints, packets of information and resources. Researching and drafting my blog post, “New Views on Writing and Writing Research” was another resource activity as well resources sections in the Summit Program. 30% Events (approx. 71 hours): This semester I was involved in both on-campus and off-campus events. One of the events is co-facilitating the Fall 2015 Writing Summit and also preparing for the Spring 2015 Writing Summit. Preparation included drafting Preliminary Schedules, particularly the morning and afternoon sessions, drafting Call for Proposals, and scheduling panelists and presenters and organizing and drafting the new Summit Program Booklets. I participated and presented at two out-of-state conferences. On Oct 8th, I co-presented our “To Be Alternative: Creating Writing Researchers” presentation at the TYCA Midwest Conference in Overland Park, Kansas. On Nov 19th, I co-facilitated a four hour workshop “Dr. Nobody’s No-Holds Barred Genre Studies and Activity Theory Throwdown: How

NCTE Annual Convention in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Helping out to Create a Writing Researcher” at the with our Visiting Speaker this fall, Dr. Kathleen Yancey’s workshop, talk, and social as well as helping with the preparation, questions, and the filming at our Half-Mile Event with our visiting community member Coach Wes Gaddis. 10% Meetings (approx. 23.25 hours): Meeting this semester included my weekly check-ins with Program Coordinator, Maegan Gaddis, which included face-to-face, phone conversations, emails, and texts as well as our biweekly WPLT Meetings with the Director Joyce Walker and the entire Writing Program Team. Other meetings were with the Outreach Coordinator, consulting on Podcasts as well as meetings with Writing Program Team co-presenters for upcoming conference and events.

10% 3%

30%

6%

0% 0% 3% 3%

42%

3%

Fall Semester 2015 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Meetings 10% Email 3% Events 30% Planning 6% Prof. Dev. 0% Observations 0% Edit/Review 3% Mentoring 3% Resource Dev. 42% Tech/Website 3%

Professional Development Coordinator

Michelle Wright Dottore (Total Logged hours:

Approx. 237.75 Hours)

Page 69: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Professional Development Coordinator End-of-Semester Report Michelle Wright Dottore, December 5, 2015

6% Planning and Logistics (approx. 14 hours): Planning and logistics covered a wide array of activities, which include planning out for multimodal resources, events (such as the Writing Summit and Conferences), which mainly involved determining resource needs for the website and for events. 3% Emails (approx. 8.5 hours): Emailing is large part of the communication outside of team meetings as well as a means to be in contact with potential presenters and panelist for our Writing Summit. 3% Editorial Reviews (approx. 7.75 hours): This semester I helped to edit an infographic for Business College and served as a guest review for the Grassroots Writing Research Journal. I completed a revision assessment with in-text comments for one writer, and completed an initial review and revision assessment with in-text comments for another. Both writers are being considered for the 7.1 edition. 3% Website/technical (approx. 6.75 hours): These hours include posting new and updating old materials, blurbs, and media for our resources and events. This also involved mining through current resources and archived files for potential use on the site. 3% Mentoring (approx. 6.5 hours): This involved helping program instructors with Summit presentation ideas as well as helping an international instructor in our program with incorporating grammar under a genre studies frame in her teaching of composition, which included consulting with instructor, making materials for two 101 ENG classes, and presenting, following up via email with instructor, sharing the presentation and resources.

35% Whiteboard Animation Research and Creation (approx. 87.25 hours): This included researching and producing the first video of the Learning Outcome Adventure Series for LO 6 on Uptake. 34% Creating Website Resources for Program Eight Learning Outcomes: (Combined Mining Resources 25%, Half-Mile 5%, and Website Los 4%, approx. 86.75 hours): This included mining through program videos, podcast, articles, and/or documents for teaching and student resources as well as clipping and writing previews for these resources, organizing them under the best suitable new learning outcome or outcomes. 24% Summit Planning and Orientation Week Prep (Combining Summit Planning 17% and Orientation Week Prep 7%, approx. 60.25 hours): This involved contacting presenters, panelist, as well as making materials for the week of Orientation and the Writing summit, including Icebreakers, Workshop on Uptake, Summit Program Booklet, and online resources to preview that day. 7% Meetings (Combing Meetings and Record keep, approx. 18 hours): Meeting included biweekly check-ins over the summer with Program Coordinator, Maegan Gaddis.

17% 4%

5%

25% 35%

7% 7% Summer 2015

Professional Development Coordinator

Michelle Wright Dottore (Total Hours approx. 252.25

Summer & Orientation Week)

Summit Planning 17% Website LOs 4%

Half-Mile Clips 5% Mining Resources 25%

Whiteboard Animate 35% Meetings 7%

Orientation Prep 7%

Page 70: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

ENG 101 Coordinator Activity Report Fall 2015 

Mentoring (37.36% of total):       This category includes three       weekly hour­long meetings     with members of the new         instructor cohort as well as         face­to­face meetings and     email exchanges with any       Writing Program instructor in       need of any sort of support.           This category represents the       primary duty of the ENG 101           Coordinator.  Observations (14.29%): 16     new Writing Program     instructors (12 new graduate       assistant instructors, 3 new       

hires, and 1 returning Master’s student who had not taught before) were observed for 50 to 75                                 minutes each, followed by a short debriefing. Later, the handwritten notes from the observation                           were transcribed, shared with the instructor, and archived in the Writing Program’s Dropbox                         account.  Meetings (13.34%): This category consists mostly of the biweekly Writing Program Leadership                       Team meetings and a weekly one­on­one with the Writing Program Director. The cohort                         meetings described above are not logged here.  Events (12.24%): Assisting with the Visiting Speaker and participating in the Writing Program                         presentation at the TYCA­Midwest conference are the two items logged under this category.  Editorial/Reviewing (8.01%): This category records editorial or review work done on the                       Director’s new article for the Grassroots Writing Research Journal, the new draft course plan                           template for ENG 402, the ENG 101 Course Structure and Topical Outline, and the one­ page                               infographic describing ENG 101.  Resource Development (5.02%): This category logs work done writing blog entries for                       isuwriting.com and new content for the Pre­Orientation Lessons in the Writing Program                       Instructor Resources page in ReggieNet.  

Page 71: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Tech/Website (4.87%): Non­content structural work on the Pre­Orientation Lessons is logged                     here, as is time spent reviewing and editing pages on isuwriting.com.  Planning/Logistics (3.92%): This category consists mainly of planning meetings with the ENG                       101.10 Coordinator at the beginning of the semester and a review of twelve existing course                             plans for their connections to the Writing Program learning outcomes.  Email (0.94%): Email exchanges with other WPLT members. Emails exchanges with Writing                       Program instructors are logged under Mentoring.  Professional Development (0.00%): This category does not include professional development                   not specific to the Writing Program, such as CTLT programming.  TOTAL HOURS LOGGED: 159.25 Submitted by Jeff Rients 

Page 72: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Appendix  I:    101.10  Training  Materials

Understanding  Consul:ng  for  ENG  101.10Author  Note:    The  original  dra2  (and  much  of  the  original  thinking  contained  in  this  ar9cle)  was  produced  by  Savvanah  Fowler,  an  M.A.  student  in  the  Department  of  English  Studies  at  Illinois  State  University.    Working  in  collabora9on  with  Savannah,  Joyce  Walker  (Wri9ng  Program  Director)  both  edited  the  text  and  created  some  new  content.    The  text  should  be  considered  a  collabora9ve  effort  of  these  two  authors,  but  it  also  reflects  to  crea9ve  thinking  of  our  en9re  “Experimental  Wri9ng  Research  Laboratory”  here  at  ISU.

TABLE  OF  CONTENTS:

• Sec:on  1:    101.10  Course  Overview  (p.1)• Sec:on  2:    Introduc:on  to  Consul:ng  (p.7)• Sec:on  3:  Understanding  how  Ac:vity  Theory  Informs  Consul:ng  Prac:ces  (p.8)• Sec:on  4:  The  Ac:vi:es  of  Consul:ng  (p.9)

Sec:on  1:    101.10  Course  Overview

ENG  101.10  is  designed  to  cover  the  same  material  that  is  taught  in  ENG  101,  but  101.10  is  structured  to  provide  addi9onal  assistance  to  students  in  the  form  of  wri9ng  consultants  who  can  work  in  small  study  group  sessions  and  in  1-­‐on-­‐1  consul9ng  sessions.  The  course  itself  meets  3  days  a  week;  two  of  these  mee9ngs  are  with  a  second-­‐year  M.A.  or  PhD  instructor,  and  the  other  is  a  study  group  session  facilitated  by  a  first-­‐year  M.A.  wri9ng  consultant.  The  class  mee9ngs  with  instructors  work  with  the  same  wri9ng  research  course  content  as  in  101  classes;  but  the  study  group  sessions  help  students  to  examine  their  antecedent  knowledge  and  uptake  in  order  to  “learn  how  to  learn,”  and  also  help  them  to  pick  up  addi9onal  thinking  and  study  skills  that  will  be  useful  to  them.  In  addi9on  to  these  weekly  classroom  and  study  session  mee9ngs,  students  will  meet  in  1-­‐on-­‐1  sessions  with  their  consultants  as  a  way  of  gaining  the  more  personalized  wri9ng  support  they  have  expressed  a  need  for  in  registering  for  101.10.  

The  PeopleThe  people  who  are  primarily  involved  in  101.10  are  as  follows:

• 101.10  Instructors  

• 101.10  Students

• 101.10  Consultants

Page 73: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

• Wri9ng  Program  StaffThe  SpacesUnlike  other  ENG  101  courses,  there  are  mul9ple  spaces  used  by  the  people  involved  in  101.10:

• 1-­‐to-­‐1  sessions  (STV  133)• Study  Group  Session  (STV  250  &  STV  133)• Classroom  Sessions  (STV  250)

101.10  DocumentsBecause  101.10  has  mul9ple  people  and  spaces  involved,  we’ve  designed  some  documents  that  will  help  informa9on  to  flow  from  one  space  to  another:

• Instructor  Notes:  Instructors  will  complete  Instructor  Notes  every  day  a2er  class.    We’ll  provide  a  “guide”  for  these  notes,  and  they’ll  be  in  an  online  loca9on  that  both  students  and  consultants  can  access.    These  notes  are  intended  to  help  consultants  and  students  understand  what  the  most  important  topics  of  conversa9on/study  might  be  for  the  study  sessions.    Your  notes  will  contain  the  major  ideas/concepts/ac9vi9es  that  students  and  consultants  might  want  to  engage  with  as  they  work  together.

• Student  Notes:    For  each  101.10  class  session,  three  students  in  the  class  will  be  assigned  to  complete  a  Student  Note  Sheet  (the  class  Consultant  will  draw  up  the  Notetaking  schedule  so  that  each  student  will    take  notes  about  4  9mes  during  the  semester).  These  Student  Notes  (we’ll  also  provide  a  guide  for  these  notes)  will  be  used  in  the  study  sessions,  both  as  a  way  to  help  the  students  remember  and  think  about  what  happened  in  the  class,  and  as  a  way  for  consultants  to  help  students  understand  how  uptakes  (understanding  and  taking  up  the  ideas  from  class)  can  diverge  and  coalesce.    Comparing  Student  Notes  and  Instructor  Notes  can  also  help  students  to  see  and  understand  befer  the  genre  of  the  classroom  and  the  assignments  and  ac9vi9es.

• Study  Group  Session  Notes:  At  the  end  of  each  study  group  session,  the  three  student  note-­‐takers  and  the  consultant  will  all  contribute  to  the  Study  Group  Notes,  which  will  document  the  ac9vi9es  in  the  session  and  also  establish  ques9ons  students  have  and  “ac9on  items”  they  want  to  work  on.    Instructors  can  then  use  these  Study  Group  Session  Notes  to  begin  the  next  class  mee9ng.

• 1-­‐to-­‐1  Session  Notes:    Every  9me  a  student  and  consultant  meet  in  a  1-­‐to-­‐1  session,  they’ll  also  complete  (together)  a  note  sheet  that  outlines  the  conversa9ons,  ideas,  ques9ons  and  ac9vi9es  they’ve  engaged  in.    These  notes  will  be  copied  for  students  and  made  available  to  instructors.

Although  it  may  seem  like  students,  consultants,  and  instructors  are  being  asked  to  fill  out  a  lot  of  paperwork  regarding  their  learning,  these  note  sheets  can  help  to  increase  and  improve  communica9on  across  the  different  people  &  spaces  of  101.10.    They  can  also  be  used  as  part  of  the  uptake  genres  of  the  regular  class.    Students  can  use  all  of  these  various  documents  (and  they’ll  be  available  online,  so  you  won’t  have  to  be  responsible  for  keeping  track  of  them!)  to  document  their  learning  at  various  points  in  your  different  Units.    So  they  will  have  a  prac9cal  value  for  student  learning  that  goes  beyond  just  helping  us  all  to  keep  in  touch.

Page 74: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

About  the  Students

We  surveyed  160  ENG  101.10  students  in  Fall  2013.    119  of  these  students  said  that  they  viewed  themselves  as  struggling  writers  and  had  specifically  selected  the  course  over  a  regular  ENG  101  because  they  wanted  extra  help  with  their  wri9ng.  Generally,  these  students  respond  affirma9vely  to  the  following  statements:

• Generally,  I  don't  read  independently• In  high  school,  I  did  not  do  much  wri9ng• I  have  not  had  a  chance  to  learn  many  different  genres  of  wri9ng—either  within  or  outside  of  

school.• I  don’t  write  unless  I  have  an  assignment• My  high  school  GPA  was  about  average  or  below  average• I'm  unsure  about  the  rules  of  wri9ng—commas,  apostrophes,  and  so  forth• I've  used  computers,  but  not  o2en  for  wri9ng  and  revising• I  don't  think  of  myself  as  a  strong  writer• I  am  not  all  that  confident  about  my  ability  to  learn  new  kinds  of  wri9ng  in  different  senng  or  

for  different  purposes• I  would  feel  hesitant  to  discuss  my  wri9ng  with  an  instructor

In  short,  the  typical  101.10  student  o2en  lacks  confidence  in  his  or  her  ability  to  navigate  wri9ng,  reading,  and  research  situa9ons.  Because  of  this  lack  of  confidence,  we  find  that  these  students  can  be  some9mes  be  resistant  to  genre  studies  because  they  are  focused  on  becoming  more  adept  at  what  they  see  as  tradi,onal  wri9ng  (which  they  o2en  don’t  feel  they  have  mastered).  So  in  their  anxiety  to  become  “befer”  writers,  they  can  be  reluctant  to  invest  in  our  approach,  because  they  perceive  “learning  to  write  a  good  paper”  as  a  clear  goal  that  they  s9ll  need  to  master  in  order  to  be  successful  in  college.  

We  have  also  found  that  these  students  require  instructors  who  are  willing  to  be  organized  and  explicit  in  their  classroom  materials  and  assignment  sheets,  as  detailed  as  possible  in  keeping  records  of  class  ac9vi9es,  and  flexible  in  terms  of  adop9ng  an  approach  based  in  goodwill  when  interac9ng  with  students.  It’s  important  to  remember  that  the  majority  of  the  students  in  each  sec9on  have  self-­‐selected  based  on  a  desire  for  addi9onal  assistance.  They  can  translate  this  into  an  expecta9on  that  explana9ons  will  be  clear  and  direct.  This  means  that  we  need  to  take  care  to  scaffold  appropriately  as  we  move  into  assignments  and  projects,  even  though  the  pacing  of  assignments  and  projects  can  (and  should)  be  equivalent  to  an  ENG  101  class.  However,  it’s  also  important  to  remember  that  intellectually,  these  students  need  (and  want)  to  be  s9mulated  and  challenged.    They  are  sensi9ve  to  situa9ons  where  wri9ng  seems  “too  easy.”    This  can  make  them  resist  working  with  genres  that  emphasize  visuals  or  that  don’t  use  a  lot  of  text.    They  o2en  explain  that  this  doesn’t  seem  like  “real  wri9ng.”      This  doesn’t  mean  you  need  to  change  the  way  you  teach  the  course,  or  the  assignments  you  develop.    It  just  means  you  should  be  aware  that  these  students  need  some  real  help  understanding  the  value  of  the  kinds  of  wri9ng  experiments  we  assign.

Page 75: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

The  Structure  of  ENG  101.10  Class  Session  and  Consul:ng  Sessions:  

The  chart  below  shows  how  a  schedule  for  ENG  101.10  would  appear  for  one  week.  Note  that  this  chart  combines  a  total  of  one  instructor,  one  consultant  and  18  students  (which  is  the  cap  for  ENG  101.10).  Each  instructor  meets  with  students  twice  a  week,  and  each  consultant  holds  2  study  group  sessions  which  students  will  sign  up  for  when  registering  for  the  course.    Students  afend  two  classes  a  week  and  one  study  group.

Monday Tuesday Wednesday ThursdayENG  101.10  Course

8:00-­‐9:151qr  Group  Study  

Session(9  Students  and  1  

Consultant)8:00-­‐8:50

ENG  101.10  Course8:00-­‐9:15

2ⁿt  Group  Study  Session

(9  Students  and  1  Consultant)8:00-­‐8:50

1. Each  101.10  class  meets  normally,  2-­‐9mes  a  week,  with  the  same  18  students.2. Small  study  group  sessions  of  9  students  meet  twice  a  week  but  each  student  only  afends  one  

session  per  week.3. Consultants  will  also  be  available  for  one-­‐on-­‐one  consul:ng  sessions  each  week  and  students  

must  afend  at  least  3  of  these  sessions  during  the  semester,  and  these  “required”  sessions  should  coincide  with  the  Units  you  assign.    In  other  words,  they  should  have  a  visit  with  a  consultant  at  least  once  for  every  unit  (rather  than  trying  to  cram  them  in  all  in  the  last  week  of  class  .  

Expecta:ons  for  Consultants:

• Who  are  the  Consultants?  101.10  Consultants  are  usually  new  M.A.  level  Graduate  Instructors  (although  other  instructors  in  the  Wri9ng  Program  can  some9mes  be  assigned  to  this  work  as  well).

• How  many  Sec:ons  of  101.10  do  they  have?  Generally,  each  new  M.A.  consultant  will  be  assigned  to  only  one  sec9on  of  ENG  101.10.    So  they’ll  be  working  with  18  students.    If  a  101.10  instructor  is  teaching  two  sec9ons  of  the  course,  he/she  will  work  with  two  different  consultants.

• Study  Group  Sessions:  101.10  Consultants  will  hold  two  study  group  sessions  each  week  (typically,  these  include  9  student  –  ½  of  the  class  –  in  each  session).    In  the  first  couple  of  weeks,  sessions  will  focus  on  ice-­‐breaker  ac9vi9es  that  also  help  students  to  start  thinking  about  wri9ng  as  an  ac9vity  system  (note:  In  2015,  we’re  going  to  be  focusing  on  “note-­‐taking”  as  a  way  to  begin  to  “see”  the  complexity  of  learning  and  wri9ng  situa9ons).  But  a2er  the  first  two  weeks,  these  study  sessions  will  focus  on  using  the  instructor  and  student  class  notes  to  discuss  the  class,  help  students  figure  out  what  they  need  and  want  to  focus  on  in  their  work,  and  encourage  them  to  rely  on  their  peers  to  help  them  understand  and  succeed  in  the  course  work.

• Ac:vi:es  for  Study  Group  Sessions:  Consultants  may  also  work  to  prepare  different  kinds  of  ac9vi9es  for  students  to  help  them  grasp  different  concepts,  or  work  on  genre  or  content  

Page 76: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

research  skills.

• Study  Group  Session  Notes:  Consultants  will  work  with  students  during  each  study  group  session  to  create  the  “Study  Session  Notes”  which  will  be  available  to  students  and  instructor  in  the  course.

• One-­‐to-­‐One  Sessions:  Consultants  will  be  available  for  one-­‐to-­‐one  sessions  each  week.    They  are  available  for  up  to  eight  ½  hour  sessions  each  week.  That  means,  if  students  are  really  taking  advantage  of  these  sessions,  the  consultants  could  meet  all  the  members  of  the  class  at  least  once  every  two  weeks!    While  we  don’t  expect  this  to  happen  every  week,  we  hope  that  instructors  will  really  encourage  their  students  to  take  advantage  of  these  sessions.

• One-­‐to-­‐One  Session  Notes:  Consultants  will  also  work  with  students  to  create  1-­‐to-­‐1  Session  Notes.    We’ll  keep  a  copy  of  these  in  the  wri9ng  program,  but  we’ll  also  make  copies  available  to  instructors  and  students.

• Midterm  and  End-­‐of-­‐Semester  Documenta:on  for  Instructors:  The  consultant  is  responsible  for  keeping  track  of  those  aspects  of  the  students’  course  grades  that  are  related  to  study  group  and  one-­‐on-­‐one  sessions  (afendance  and  notes).    The  consultant  will  provide  the  instructors  with  documenta9on  just  before  mid-­‐term  and  just  before  the  end  of  the  semester,  so  you  can  use  it  in  your  grading.

Expecta:ons  of  Instructors:

The  ENG  101.10  sec9ons  do  not  represent  a  different  workload  than  regular  ENG  101  sessions.  Students  may  require  addi9onal  help  (and  you  can  provide  that  help  as  an  instructor,  so  don’t  feel  as  if  the  consultants  are  taking  that  responsibility  from  you),  but  you  also  have  five  fewer  students  (18  vs.  23)  than  you  might  have  in  a  regular  ENG  101  class.  There  are  some  specific  expecta9ons  for  instructors  in  the  course,  which  are  based  both  on  serving  the  students  well,  and  on  crea9ng  a  smooth  communica9on  between  the  different  “spaces”  that  students,  instructors  and  consultants  occupy.

• Be  Organized  &  Detailed:  The  syllabus  and  class  plans  for  101.10  should  be  organized  and  detailed  (when  appropriate  –  we  know  some9mes  having  students  actually  work  to  build  an  assignment  plan  is  part  of  the  learning).  Many  101  instructors  keep  a  prefy  loose  schedule  in  their  courses,  but  we’ve  found  that  101.10  students  can  experience  more  anxiety  and  frustra9on  when  they  don’t  have  a  clear  idea  of  schedules  and  assignments  for  each  Unit.

• Give  Clear  Instruc:ons:  We  find  that  101.10  students  typically  don’t  respond  well  to  a  lack  of  clear  instruc9ons.  You  can  definitely  work  on  crea9ng  instruc9ons  WITH  students,  and  thus  s9ll  have  a  very  student-­‐centered  class,  but  once  the  instruc9ons  are  created,  they  should  be  clearly  posted  and  shared.  In  general,  we  think  that  student  anxiety  about  school  and  about  wri9ng  can  manifest  in  resistance  to  poorly  defined  or  poorly  jus9fied  ac9vi9es.  So  instructors  need  to  be  aware  of  this,  and  be  ready  with  strategies  to  help  students  to  feel  as  if  they  know  what’s  expected.    

• Explicit  Pedagogies:  The  “why”  of  assignments  should  be  discussed  o2en  –  and  the  rela9onship  to  the  learning  outcomes  and  the  goals  for  each  project  should  be  explicit.    

• Awareness  of  the  101.10  Popula:on:  Instructors  need  to  be  aware  of  the  differences  in  these  

Page 77: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

students.  Taking  9me  to  get  to  know  them  (and  what  they  know  about  wri9ng  and  do  with  it)  can  be  even  more  important  in  this  class  than  in  ENG  101.  

• Lot’s  of  Communica:on:  Our  design  of  the  different  “notes”  documents  should  help  everyone  in  the  class  (and  the  staff  in  the  Wri9ng  Program)  to  stay  in  touch  and  try  to  make  sure  the  resources  we  provide  are  making  a  difference  for  student  learning.    However,  there  can  s9ll  some9mes  be  mis-­‐communica9ons  between  instructors,  students  and  consultants.    Remember  to  assume  that  your  colleagues  are  doing  their  best,  and  try  to  resolve  any  communica9on  difficul9es  quickly  and  collegially.    If  you  feel  as  if  you  might  need  extra  help,  please  contact  us  in  the  Wri9ng  Program  –  we’re  here  to  help.

Expecta:ons  for  StudentsWe  do  have  expecta9ons  for  students  (we  have  a  handout  that  101.10  students  will  get  in  their  first  study  group  session).    We’ll  con9nue  to  work  on  that  document  to  get  it  revised  for  fall,  but  this  is  a  list  of  our  current  listed  expecta9ons:

¥ Come  prepared  to  par:cipate  every  week  –  this  also  means  afending  and  par9cipa9ng  in  class,  so  that  you  are  up-­‐to-­‐speed  on  the  concepts  and  projects  of  the  course.

¥ Be  generous  with  your  knowledge  -­‐-­‐  remember  that  every  group  member  has  different  skills,  so  sharing  yours  will  be  important.

¥ Think  about  your  contribu:ons  -­‐-­‐  see  below  for  a  list  of  ideas  about  how  different  members  can  contribute.

¥ Do  make  use  of  the  Consultant  as  a  resource  -­‐-­‐  The  consultant  is  an  experienced  writer,  and  a  successful  student.  He/she  will  definitely  be  able  to  help  the  group  with  informa9on  and  ideas  about  resources.

¥ Don’t  Expect  the  Consultant  to  know  what  your  Teacher  expects  -­‐-­‐  You  and  your  peers  will  have  a  lot  more  informa9on  about  the  wri9ng  assignments  and  project  than  the  consultant,  because  you  are  afending  the  class.

Sec:on  2:  Introduc:on  To  Consul:ng  in  the  ISU  Wri:ng  Program  

Although  the  Consultant  Program  at  ISU  is  rela9vely  new,  it’s  an  incredibly  useful  resource  for  students.    And  within  the  structure  of  101.10,  the  Consultants  are  the  primary  resource  to  provide  the  extra  support  that  students  self-­‐selec9ng  into  ENG  101  have  indicated  they  need  and  would  like.    

The  ISU  Wri9ng  Department  works  diligently  to  increase  the  efficacy  of  the  consultant  posi9on  through  frequent  re-­‐structuring  and  re-­‐vamping  of  the  program's  concepts,  and  altera9ons  in  the  Consultant  role  in  ENG  101.10  in  response  to  our  own  research  and  surveys  of  ENG  101.10  students.    Since  changes  the  Consul9ng  prac9ces  are  made  every  semester,  each  new  group  of  Consultants  must  work  to  “re-­‐think”  the  opportuni9es  and  challenges  of  this  posi9on.  This  document  outlines  the  Consultant  posi9on  in  its  current  form  (Fall  2015).  

A  ques9on  that  the  Wri9ng  Program  frequently  revisits  is  what  par9cular  consultant  behaviors  will  result  in  both  successful  consul9ng  sessions  and  helping  students  to  become  wri9ng  researchers.  While  

Page 78: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

consul9ng  acts  as  a  great  prepara9on  for  tasks  such  as  teaching  and  draws  on  several  different  areas  of  experience  like  tutoring  and  wri9ng  center  experience,  it’s  not  really  exactly  like  any  of  these  ac9vi9es.  Prior  experience  in  teaching  and/or  wri9ng  centers  can  certainly  help  to  inform  consultant  decisions  in  the  session.  However,  consultants  shouldn’t  try  to  mimic  the  behaviors  that  are  part  of  the  classroom  or  wri9ng  center  senng.  

In  order  to  define  the  parameters  of  the  consul9ng  session,  we  have  to  start  by  defining  the  consultant!Possible  Defini:on:  The  consultant  is  a  person  with  knowledge  of  the  ISU  wri9ng  program  pedagogy  and  goals,  who  acts  as  a  resource  for  students  in  their  peer  study  groups,  and  as  a  mentor  and  guide  in  one-­‐on-­‐one  sessions.  In  addi9on,  the  Consultant  works  to  model  effec9ve  “wri9ng  research”  behaviors.    Above  all,  the  consultant  acts  as  a  type  of  expert  resource  for  students,  someone  who  can  help  them  figure  out  how  to  research  (not  just  blindly  complete)  the  literate  prac9ces  involved  in  their  par9cipa9on  in  a  101.10  classroom.  

The  informa9on  in  this  document  will  explain  the  prac9ces  and  behaviors  involved  in  being  a  consultant  and  will  also  help  you  to  more  fully  understand  the  goals  of  the  ISU  Consul9ng  Program.  This  document  also  includes  a  short  discussion  of  ac9vity  theory  and  how  it  helps  the  consultant  to  iden9fy  poten9al  tools/resources  they  can  use  to  help  students  meet  their  goals.  

Finally,  the  last  and  most  substan9al  sec9on  of  the  document  will  discuss  what  are  known  as  divergences*  that  can  occur  when  students,  consultants,  and  teachers  are  working  to  learn  together.  These  scenarios  in  this  sec9on  are  designed  to  help  you  consider  the  posi9on  of  the  consultant,  the  space  of  the  classroom  and  the  value  of  an  Ac:vity  Theory  approach  in  each  divergence.  Included  in  the  Divergence  sec9on  is  a  blank  map  which  assistants  should  use  to  map  out  the  space  of  the  consul9ng  rooms.  The  map  and  your  basic  understanding  of  ac9vity  theory  can  help  you  to  approach  divergent  situa9ons  produc9vely.    There  is  also  a  sort  of  “worksheet”  sec9on,  where  you  can  write  about  how  you  think  you  might  address  these  learning  moments.    Comple9ng  this  ac9vity  can  help  you  to  become  more  aware  of  how  common  divergence  can  be  and  to  think  through  all  the  ways  you  can  address  it  through  your  own  ac9vi9es  and  responses.

*Divergences  are  discussed  more  fully  in  the  Divergent  Learning  Situa9ons  Handout,  but  what  we  generally  mean  by  this  term  is  that  even  though  we  o2en  make  assump9ons  that  students  are  all  learning  what  we’re  trying  to  teach  (just  at  different  levels),  in  fact  students  can  take  up  ideas  that  are  presented  to  them  in  VERY  different  ways.  Some9mes  this  kind  of  “divergent  uptake”  can  mean  frustra9on  for  students  (and  teachers  and  consultants).    So  when  things  seem  to  be  going  wrong,  it’s  o2en  worthwhile  to  stop  and  think  about  what  kinds  of  divergent  thinking  and  understanding  might  be  causing  the  problem,  and  then  brainstorm  ways  to  bring  the  group  back  together.

Sec:on  3:  Understanding  how  CHAT  (ac:vity  theory)  informs  Consul:ng  Prac:ce

The  best  way  to  understand  the  theories  and  concepts  and  prac9ces  that  shape  our  wri9ng  program  is  to  review  our  learning  outcomes  (which  you  can  find  online  on  our  website:  www.isuwri9ng.com).    But  this  lifle  sec9on  here  starts  us  out  with  one  of  the  theories  we  use  (Cultural-­‐Historical-­‐Ac9vity-­‐Theory,  or  CHAT)  that  help  us  to  describe  the  complexity  of  how  wri9ng  works  in  the  world.    This  is  a  really  important  concept  for  working  as  a  consultant,  because  we  find  that  it  helps  us  to  really  rethink  the  

Page 79: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

purposes  and  ac9vi9es  of  a  First  Year  Wri9ng  Class  (as  well  as  helping  us  to  see  why/how  the  actual  classrooms  of  101.10  can  be  used  to  help  students  understand  “school”  ac9vity  systems,  and  the  literacies  they  require).

What  is  Ac3vity  Theory?  

The  ISU  Wri9ng  Department  uses  Cultural-­‐Historical  Ac9vity  Theory  (CHAT)  in  both  its  classrooms  for  instructors  and  in  its  consul9ng  program  in  conjunc9on  with  Composi9on  101.10.  Below  is  a  defini9on  of  ac9vity  theory  from  David  R.  Russell  and  Arturo  Yanez  from  their  ar9cle  'Big  Picture  People  Rarely  Become  Historians':  Genre  Systems  and  the  Contradic9ons  of  General  Educa9on:  

Ac9vity  theory  is  a  way  of  analyzing  human  ac9vity  over  9me,  especially  change-­‐including  that  kind  of  change  called  learning.  It  does  not  claim  to  provide  a  neat  way  to  predict  outcomes,  but  rather  offers  tenta9ve  explana9ons.  It  is  a  heuris9c.  That  is,  a  way  of  useful  ques9ons  to  ask.    It  asks  those  ques9ons  not  to  find  any  final  answer,  but  to  give  people  working  in  some  ac9vity  a  useful  perspec9ve  from  which  to  develop  new  approaches,  new  media9on  tools  (or  new  ways  of  using  new  tools)  to  transform  or  “re-­‐mediate”  their  ac9vity  (355).  

How  does  this  apply  to  consul9ng?  When  students  in  consul9ng  sessions  encounter  an  unfamiliar  task  or  genre,  ac9vity  theory  can  offer  different  avenues  of  thought  for  students  to  pursue.  This  is  done  by  encouraging  students  to  view  texts  as  rhetorical  social  produc9ons  that  are  both  cultural  and  historically  influenced.  It  is  not  uncommon  for  students  to  view  wri9ng  and  texts  as  random  produc9ons  that  have  nothing  to  do  with  encouraging  change  in  the  surrounding  world  (or  requiring  change  in  the  author).  By  viewing  texts  as  objects  that  encourage  ac9ons  and  responses  from  audiences,  students  can  begin  to  think  of  texts  in  new  and  increasingly  complex  ways.  

Ac9vity  theory  can  also  apply  to  the  consultant’s  understanding  of  his/her  role  in  the  ac9vity  system  that  is  101.10.    From  a  CHAT  perspec9ve,  the  consultant-­‐as-­‐wri9ng-­‐researcher  par9cipates  by  working  to  gain  a  VERY  complex  and  detailed  understanding  of  all  the  tools,  people,  resources  that  go  into  (or  might  go  into)  the  ac9vi9es  of  learning,  and  then  help  students  to  make  selec9ons  among  the  available  resources  to  them  at  a  given  9me.

Finally,  thinking  like  a  CHAT  Wri9ng  Researcher  can  help  the  consultant  model  (for  students)  how  the  awareness  of  complexity  isn’t  just  for  the  sake  of  intellectual  gymnas9cs  or  even  for  befer  cri9cal,  cultural,  or  meta-­‐cogni9ve  awareness.    This  process  of  inves9ga9ng  not  just  genres  but  ac9vity  systems,  can  be  an  extremely  prac9cal  way  for  students  to  learn  about  the  different  resources  they  can  employ,  both  for  understanding  literate  situa9ons  AND  engaging  in  the  acts  of  wri9ng  within  those  situa9ons.  

Laura  Jarema's  “The  Invisible  Barriers  That  Affect  Students'  Percep9on  and  Proof  Of  Learning:  A  Study  Of  The  Elusive  Factors  That  Impact  Knowledge  Transfer  In  First-­‐Year  Composi9on  and  Communica9on  Courses”  explains  it  this  way:  

Within  a  specific  classroom,  students  are  mo9vated  to  learn  as  they  con9nually  collaborate,  discuss  and  are  encouraged  to  expand  their  ideas.  Instructors  are  expected  to  inspire  and  guide  students  on  important  concepts  of  the  course,  which  students  may  not  be  mo9vated  to  learn  otherwise.  For  example,  if  individual  learners  were  not  involved  in  the  ac9vity  system  of  an  English  course,  they  may  never  be  mo9vated  to  learn  about  important  grammar  and  language  conven9ons.  Individual  learners  become  mo9vated  to  learn  due  to  aspects  of  the  ac9vity  system,  such  as  course  grades,  instructor  encouragement,  and  interac9on  with  other  learners  

Page 80: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

(19-­‐20).  

Sec:on  4:  The  Ac:vi:es  of  Consul:ng

The  Group  Study  SessionsSessions  will  take  place  in  either  of  two  loca9ons:  Room  128  or  the  250  computer  lab  classrooms  on  the  second  floor  of  Stevenson.  Although  each  session  will  start  in  the  assigned  classroom,  students  may  decide  on  (or  the  Consultant  may  suggest)  a  move  to  another  available  space  to  conduct  the  session  or  pursue  resources  that  takes  the  group  out  of  the  classroom  –  this  kind  of  decision  would  be  up  to  the  students,  but  would  need  to  take  into  account  the  judgment  of  the  Consultant,  and  availability  of  all  members  to  make  the  move.

The  layout  of  the  classroom  (mostly  the  250  suite  classrooms,  but  some  sec9ons  will  meet  in  Room  221A)  are  all  somewhat  unique,  so  one  of  the  first  projects  student  groups  will  need  to  engage  in  will  deciding  how  to  use  the  space  effec9vely.  

The  primary  work  of  the  study  sessions  is  to  figure  out  “what’s  next?”    Students  like  this.    They  o2en  feel  if  they  just  know  what  to  do  next,  all  will  be  well.    However,  your  job  as  a  consultant  is  o2en  to  help  them  see  that,  in  fact,  they  can’t  know  what  to  do  next  un9l  they’ve  figured  out  what  they  know  (and  don’t  know)  about  the  “literate  ac9vity”  involved.    

For  example:  If  I  get  an  assignment  to  write  a  “reading  response,”  but  I  don’t  know  what  that  is,  then  I’m  stuck.    But  If  I’ve  wrifen  some  kind  of  a  response  to  a  text  before  (maybe  even  in  an  English  class),  I  might  s9ll  be  stuck,  because  the  kinds  of  texts  I’ve  wrifen  before  might  not  be  what’s  expected  here.    But  wait.    There’s  more.  Even  if  I  ask  the  instructor,  “hey,  what,  exactly  do  you  want?”  I  might  s9ll  be  stuck,  because  the  instructor  might  look  at  me  and  say,  “just  respond  to  the  wri9ng.”    Or  the  instructor  might  give  me  some  direc9on,  but  then  it’s  up  to  me  to  decide  what  is  the  same  (or  different)  about  what  the  instructor  wants,  compared  to  my  own  experiences  with  “wri9ng  responses”  in  the  past.    Jeez.

The  problem  is  that  students  (maybe  especially  101  students)  aren’t  very  used  to  making  these  “adjustments”  and  moves.    Even  for  those  of  us  who  make  them  more  o2en,  it  can  s9ll  be  a  REALLY  problema9c  task  –  painful,  even.    So  as  a  consultant,  it’s  your  job  to  help  them  open  up  the  can  of  worms  that  is  “the  literate  ac9vity,”  which  includes  not  only  the  wri9ng,  the  expecta9ons  for  the  wri9ng,  an  indvidual’s  own  knowledge  and  lack-­‐of-­‐knowledge  and  goals,  plus  all  the  prac9cal  components,  like  9me  and  tools,  plus  just  the  whole,  big,  fat  cultural-­‐historical  soup  that  permeates  all  our  interac9ons  as  humans.    Whew.

To  help  with  all  of  this,  we’ve  organized  the  Study  Group  Sessions  about  a  set  of  different  “notes,”  which  we’ll  explain  here.

Taking  Notes  In  ENG  101.10• Instructor  Notes:  Instructors  will  complete  Instructor  Notes  every  day  a2er  class.    We’ll  provide  a  “guide”  

for  these  notes,  and  they’ll  be  in  an  online  loca9on  that  both  students  and  consultants  can  access.    These  notes  are  intended  to  help  consultants  and  students  understand  what  the  most  important  topics  of  conversa9on/study  might  be  for  the  study  sessions.    Your  notes  will  contain  the  major  ideas/concepts/

Page 81: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

ac9vi9es  that  students  and  consultants  might  want  to  engage  with  as  they  work  together.

• Student  Notes:    For  each  101.10  class  session,  three  students  in  the  class  will  be  assigned  to  complete  a  Student  Note  Sheet  (the  class  Consultant  will  draw  up  the  Notetaking  schedule  so  that  each  student  will    take  notes  about  4  9mes  during  the  semester).  These  Student  Notes  (we’ll  also  provide  a  guide  for  these  notes)  will  be  used  in  the  study  sessions,  both  as  a  way  to  help  the  students  remember  and  think  about  what  happened  in  the  class,  and  as  a  way  for  consultants  to  help  students  understand  how  uptakes  (understanding  and  taking  up  the  ideas  from  class)  can  diverge  and  coalesce.    Comparing  Student  Notes  and  Instructor  Notes  can  also  help  students  to  see  and  understand  befer  the  genre  of  the  classroom  and  the  assignments  and  ac9vi9es.

• Study  Group  Session  Notes:  At  the  end  of  each  study  group  session,  the  three  student  note-­‐takers  and  the  consultant  will  all  contribute  to  the  Study  Group  Notes,  which  will  document  the  ac9vi9es  in  the  session  and  also  establish  ques9ons  students  have  and  “ac9on  items”  they  want  to  work  on.    Instructors  can  then  use  these  Study  Group  Session  Notes  to  begin  the  next  class  mee9ng.

As  the  consultant,  one  of  your  primary  job  is  to  ask  the  students,  at  each  study  session,  to  compare  the  notes  the  instructor  has  provided  and  the  notes  the  students  have  made.    WHERE  are  the  differences?    What  can  the  group  agree  on  (in  terms  of  defini9ons,  assignments,  ac9vi9es)  where  are  there  disagreements?    Finally,  the  consultant  can  lead  the  students  through  a  process  of  thinking  about  “what’s  new  here?”    and  “what  do  we  need  to  do  next?”    The  consultant  can  also  (always)  work  to  help  students  see  where  their  resources  are  –  what  tools  do  they  have  (or  what  tools  can  you  help  them  find  and  use)  that  will  help  them  do  (and  learn)  what  needs  doing  (and  learning)?    It’s  important  for  the  consultant  not  just  to  remember  but  to  ac9vely  insist  on  in  the  group  and  one-­‐on-­‐one  sessions)  that  they  are  only  one  tool/resource  among  many  that  students  can  (and  should)  learn  to  use.

One-­‐on-­‐One  (or  small  group)  Sessions:

These  mee9ngs  should  take  place  in  the  Wri9ng  Program  space  (Room  128),  but  you  might  find  that  you  also  have  or  need  to  schedule  addi9onal  mee9ngs  that  might  take  place  in  an  alternate,  agreed-­‐upon  loca9on.

These  sessions  are  normally  for  ½  hour,  but  can  be  extended  if  the  Consultant  has  9me  in  her/his  schedule.    Addi9onally,  online  mee9ngs  could  occasionally  be  subs9tuted  if  that  is  the  preference  of  the  student.

One-­‐on-­‐One  and  small  group  sessions  (2-­‐3  students  might  all  have  the  same  issue  and  want  to  meet  with  you  regarding  that  issue)  are  also  collabora9ve  (student  share  responsibility  for  leading),  but  depending  on  the  student  the  Consultant  might  need  to  take  a  more  ac9ve  role,  asking  ques9ons,  trying  to  engage  the  student  in  conversa9on  about  what  his/her  ques9ons  or  problems  or  ideas  might  be.  

One-­‐on-­‐One  Session  Notes:    There  are  also  notes  that  go  with  the  one-­‐to-­‐one  sessions.    At  the  end  of  each  session,  the  student(s)  and  consultant  fill  out  a  form  that  lists  (1)  session  obec9ves,  (2)  What  happened,  (3)  ac9on  items  (what’s  next?).    These  notes  are  saved  and  sent  to  both  student  and  instructor.

Page 82: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

What  the  Consultant  Does  The  Consultant  should  first  and  foremost  work  to  model  successful  wri9ng  research  prac9ces  and  to  act  as  a  resource  (albeit  one  with  capable  of  independent  thought  and  inten9on)  for  students  to  use  as  they  need.    This  makes  the  consultant  a  vital  stepping-­‐off  point  for  student  research,  promo9ng  both  a  trust  in  the  consultant  (as  a  place  to  go  for  answers)  and  an  ever-­‐increasing  independence  as  they  learn  to  also  use  other  resources  to  do  their  own  daily  wri9ng  research.    Some  areas  of  knowledge  that  Consultants  need  to  afend  to  include  the  following:  

¥ A  knowledge  of  genre  theory  and  CHAT  (and  other  theore9cal  underpinnings)¥ Experience  in  wri9ng  research  and  using  resources  ¥ Familiarity  with  common  University  resources  for  doing  research  and  learning  about  wri9ng,  

especially  the  Milner  Library  Resources.¥ Familiarity  with  whatever  materials  the  instructor  commonly  provides  the  students.  This  will  certainly  

include  the  weekly  study  guides  that  instructors  provide  for  students,  but  may  also  include  perusal  of  the  instructor’s  materials  (including  those  on  the  instructors  course  site).

¥ The  ability  to  use  various  resources  to  demonstrate  what  wri9ng  research  is,  how  it  looks,  and  its  value  as  a  skill.  

¥ The  ability  to  answer  ques9ons  directly  when  that’s  appropriate,  but  also  the  tendency  to  offer  students  op9ons  about  their  choices  and  whenever  impossible  encouraging  them  to  engage  in  wri9ng  research  prac9ces  independently.

Important  Consultant  Behaviors

The  bulleted  list  below  features  the  most  important  behaviors  for  consultants  and  how  to  make  their  sessions  successful  for  themselves  and  their  students.  

• Read  the  Instructor  Notes  provided  by  the  instructor  and  the  Students  Notes  before  each  Study  Session.

• When  possible,  trace  out  some  interes9ng  stuff  that  you  see  in  these  documents.    Where  does  stuff  match  up  well,  and  what  are  some  of  the  discrepancies?      

• As  you  read  through  these  notes,  try  to  iden9fy  what  kinds  of  skills  student  might  need  to  accomplish  the  work  of  the  project  that’s  underway.    Are  their  library  or  research  skills  they  might  need?  Might  they  want  to  prac9ce  doing  some  “genre”  or  “ac9vity  theory”  kinds  of  research  and  analysis?    Be  ready  with  sugges9ons  that  would  be  useful  in  case  the  group  has  trouble  deciding  what  to  do.

• Be  ready  to  talk  about  note-­‐taking  with  the  students.    What  are  the  best  ways  to  really  figure  out  what’s  important  for  a  par9cular  ac9vity?    How  can  they  improve  their  ability  to  ferret  out  what’s  important?

• Maintain  your  role  as  a  consultant  as  a  resource,  rather  than  a  separate  authority  figure  that  has  “secret  knowledge”  about  what  the  teacher  may  want  from  the  assignment.  

• Encourage  Students  to  meet  with  you  in  one-­‐on-­‐one  session

Divergence  WorksheetENG  101.10  Consultant  TrainingFall  2015

Page 83: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

What  is  a  divergence?

Divergence  is  the  term  that  the  Wri9ng  Program  uses  to  describe  moments  when  the  “script”  of  the  study  group  diverges  from  “ideal”  expecta9ons  (which  would  be  a  group  that  is  ac9ng  produc9vely  and  accomplishing  goals,  while  sa9sfying  members  expecta9ons  for  learning).  Obviously,  in  a  chao9c  system  like  a  group-­‐in-­‐real-­‐9me,  there  are  constant  divergences  from  any  kind  of  “ideal”  script.    However,  in  this  sec9on  we’re  going  to  be  talking  primarily  about  divergences  that  expand  to  the  point  where  a  Consultant  might  need  to  intervene/interact  in  some  specific  way  to  alter  the  trajectory  of  the  group  into  what  she/he  perceives  as  a  more  coherent,  or  more  produc9ve  structure.    Divergences  can  also  be  situa9ons  when  students  clearly  lack  a  resource  they  need  to  accomplish  their  projected  goals,  where  the  Consultant  may  need  to  assess  the  situa9on  and  decide  how/when  to  be  more  ac9ve  in  providing  or  iden9fy  the  necessary  resource.  

Through  the  use  of  Ac9vity  Theory  (working  to  see  the  system  opera9ng  both  whole  and  parts,  simultaneously,  through  the  examina9on  of  actors  and  tools  “in  play”  within  the  system),  these    moments  of  possible  interven9on  by  the  consultant  are  viewed  as  an  opportunity  rather  than  of  instances  of  right/wrong,  good/bad  or  broken/fixed.  Thinking  of  student  learning  and  choices  as  something  wrong  or  as  a  glitch  in  a  system  assumes  that  there  is  only  one  correct  text,  knowledge  set  (antecedent  knowledge  possessed  by  students)  and  ac9vity  within  an  ac9vity  system.  

The  consultant's  ability  to  recognize  these  moments  of  divergence  is  vital  in  fulfilling  the  role  as  a  knowledgeable  resource  for  students.  Instead  of  thinking  in  terms  of  right/wrong  or  good/bad,  consultants  are  encouraged  to  always  consider  what  is  likely  to  happen  in  any  given  divergence  and  ask  themselves  where  do  I  intervene  as  a  consultant?  

The  choice  to  use  the  word  “divergence”  is  a  deliberate  one.  Defini9ons  of  divergence  are  centered  around  re-­‐direc9on  and  movement  rather  than  dead  ends.    If  a  divergence  can  be  defined  as  a  devia9on  from  an  ideal  –  and  at  the  same  9me  we  recognize  both  the  impossibility  and  irrelevance  of  an  “ideal”  learning  ac9vity  in  a  complex  system  with  mul9ple  par9cipants,  then  divergences  are  not  only  expected,  they  can  be  valued  as  moments  when  members  can  work  to  reestablish  a  coherent  rela9onship  that  helps  to  stabilize  or  energize  the  group.  

______________________________________________________________________________

The  next  sec9on  addresses  various  types  of  divergences  that  have  occurred  in  previous  consul9ng  sessions.  While  these  divergences  are  not  guaranteed  to  happen  in  any  given  situa9on  or  in  the  same  manner,  it  is  important  for  consultants  to  become  proficient  in  no9cing  the  markers  and  characteris9cs  of  divergences.  Rather  than  simply  providing  the  details  of  the  divergence  in  its  en9rety,  the  scenario  has  been  organized  into  a  mul9-­‐sec9oned  heuris9c,  which  is  designed  to  help  you  understand  and  think  through  the  situa9on  as  you  would  in  real  9me  consul9ng.  These  subsequent  maps  are  not  meant  to  represent  the  only  solu9on  to  these  or  similar  divergences.  Rather,  they  help  to  stress  the  use  of  ac9vity  theory  in  decision  making  and  get  consultants  familiar  with  this  model  of  thinking.  

What  are  the  Important  101.10  Resources?

A  resource  is  any  tool,  object,  source,  text  or  ac9vity  that  provides  some  type  of  contribu9on  or  support  for  the  students’  outlined  goals.  While  consultants  are  arguably  the  primary  and  most  present  resource  for  students,  they  should  recognize  that  they  are  not  the  only  resource  for  students,  and  that  one  of  

Page 84: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

their  primary  tasks  is  to  both  direct  students  to  other  resources  and  to  help  them  learn  to  use  these  other  resources  effec9vely.    The  use  of  ac9vity  theory  in  these  sessions  (being  aware  of  the  ac9vity  system  as  robust  and  complex)  allows  consultants  to  vacate  the  expected  “expert”  posi9on  and  steer  students  toward  a  range  resources  that  can  offer  advice  and  informa9on  that  consultants  may  not.  Below  are  a  few  examples  of  common  resources  for  students.    Modeling  Wri9ng  Research  Behavior  can  help  consultants  to  show  students  how  prac9cal  wri9ng  research  works  as  a  process  to  collect  and  use  resources  to  understand  wri9ng  situa9ons  more  fully  (and  poten9ally  to  make  success  more  likely).    Some  resources  that  Consultants  should  always  remain  aware  of  as  poten9al  tools  for  students  include:

-­‐Pre-­‐exis:ng  Texts:  Ar9cles,  book  chapters,  video/audio  that  consultants  can  direct  students  toward.  -­‐Classroom  Texts:  Any  materials  from  the  classrooms  are  vital  to  discussion  about  the  course  work.    Promo9ng  students  to  take  effec9ve  notes  in  class  and  then  share  them  in  the  group  would  be  one  important  way  to  point  to  this  kind  of  resource  for  students.    But  accessing  handouts  or  other  teacher-­‐provided  materials  could  also  be  useful.    -­‐NOTES,  NOTES,  NOTES:  Use  the  notes  AND  student’s  memories  of  the  class  to  really  try  to  ferret  out  holes  in  their  knowledge  and  understanding.    Don’t  let  them  tell  you  that  they  “know”  or  that  that  “have  no  idea.”    The  truth  is  always  somewhere  in  the  middle.-­‐Created  Texts:  Consultants  can  create  handouts  or  lists  of  resources  to  meet  student’s  needs  if  they  decide  that  this  would  be  useful  for  students.  This  includes  helping  them  to  create  charts,  graphs,  diagrams,  notes,  etc.    that  explain,  summarize,  or  explicate  the  course  material  and  concepts.-­‐Other  human  resources:  Experts,  professors,  librarians,  family  members.  A  par9cular  point  to  note  is  the  use  of  students  in  the  group  as  resources.  Since  we  call  the  student  groups  “study  groups”  and  the  students  are  in  the  same  class,  each  student  should  be  able  to  bring  in  and  use  their  various  antecedent  or  prior  knowledge*  to  the  group.  The  consultants  should  encourage  the  use  of  one  another  as  references  and  opportuni9es  for  ideas  through  ac9vi9es  such  as  group  work  or  open  discussion  of  ideas  and  sugges9ons.  -­‐Antecedent  Knowledge:  Antecedent  or  prior  knowledge  is  any  type  of  knowledge  or  skill  that  students  already  possess  from  working  with  an  ac9vity.  A  common  example  of  antecedent  knowledge  for  freshman  wri9ng  students  is  the  Five  Paragraph  Essay.  Students  do  most  of  their  high  school  work  in  this  genre  and  typically  have  a  great  deal  of  experience  with  it.  -­‐Digital  resources:  Examples  are:  Computers,  search  engines,  programs,  applica9ons,  digital  audio/visuals.  There  are  an  endless  amount  of  tools  and  resources  for  students.  Consultants  should  consider  the  group  and  their  goals  when  determining  the  resources  to  recommend  to  students.    

Sec:on  6:  Mapping  Divergence  

The  process  of  “mapping”  divergences  involves  afemp9ng  not  only  to  describe  a  general  type  of  situa9on  within  a  group,  but  instead  to  map  out  the  various  humans  and  non-­‐humans  interac9ng  in  the  space,  and  iden9fy  how  these  different  elements  are  impac9ng  the  trajectory  of  the  ac9vity.    [Note:  That’s  why,  when  were  actually  modeling  divergences-­‐in-­‐process  we  need  to  use  the  classroom  maps  to  help  us  remain  focused  not  just  on  the  “story”  of  the  divergence,  but  it’s  ac9vity].

The  examples  of  Divergences  are  broken  up  into  four  sec9ons:  (1)  Explana,on  of  the  scenario,  (2)  iden,fying  possible  tools  and  resources  for  students  in  this  situa,on,  (3)  sugges,ng  ac,vity  for  both  the  consultant  and  student  and  (4)  thinking  of  Trajectory,  which  examines  the  possibility  of  the  iden9fied  ac9vi9es  becoming  regular  paferns  of  thinking  and  talking  about  problems  for  students.  

Page 85: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Structure  for  Studying  Divergence

Direc:ons:  To  begin,  imagine  a  session  in  ac9on.    Where  might  everyone  be?  How  will  the  room  be  arranged?    

1. With  a  copy  of  the  Map  in  front  of  you,  either  read  (or  if  working  in  a  group  have  one  member  read)  the  Divergence  example.

2. Use  your  map  to  imagine  and  locate  the  where/when/why  of  the  divergence  as  it  might  happen  in  the  physical  space  of  a  par9cular  session.

3. Answer  the  ques9ons  as  the  end  of  the  Divergence4.  Discuss  with  the  group  a2er  you  have  completed  analyzing  the  various  

scenarios.  

Sec:on  5:    Divergence  Scenarios

Divergence  #1:  Baby  Bird  Syndrome

Part  One:    Descrip:on  of  the  ScenarioBaby  Bird  Syndrome  involves  situa9ons  when  students  are  finding  it  difficult  to  make  plans  and  set  goals.  In  Baby  Bird  Syndrome,  students  see  the  consultant  as  either  an  addi9onal  teacher  or  a  subs9tute  instructor  who  is  armed  with  knowledge  about  what  the  instructor  wants  for  the  assignment.  Students  then  afempt  to  gain  this  informa9on  from  the  consultant,  typically  by  using  specific  rhetorics.  These  situa9ons  o2en  involve  phrases  like,  “What  do  you  think  the  teacher  wants?”  or  “we  don’t  understand  what  the  teacher  wants”.  This  invites  the  consultant  to  play  the  role  of  expert  with  secret  informa9on,  thus  transforming  into  an  authority  figure  and  nega9ng  their  role  as  a  resource.  

In  examining  this  scenario,  try  first  to  envision  a  specific  situa9on  in  which  this  par9cular  divergence  might  play  out.    What  kind  of  classwork  might  the  students  be  talking  about?    How  would  the  room  be  organized  physically?  Where  would  the  Consultant  be  sinng?

Part  Two:    Tools  and  Resources

What  are  the  resources  available  to  alter  the  trajectory  of  this  situa9on?  To  turn  this  divergence  into  an  opportunity?

1. Resources  Students  have  (but  obviously  aren’t  using):2. Resources  Consultants  have:  

Part  Three:  Ac:vi:es  that  Might  Occur

Page 86: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

What  are  the  ACTIONS  that  could  happen  as  the  result  of  a  redirec9on  of  tool  use  and  resource  use?

1.  Ac9vi9es  to  suggest:  2.  Things  the  students  do:  3.  Things  the  consultant  does:

Part  Four:  Trajectories

Redirec9on  back  into  a  produc9ve  “work  flow”  for  the  session  is  great.    That’s  what  we’re  shoo9ng  for.    But  in  the  act  of  “redirec9ng”  a  consultant  can  some9mes  hit  upon  a  tool  or  ac9vity  –  or  just  a  perspec9ve  for  thinking  about  things  –  that  could  turn  this  divergence  into  a  new  learning  opportunity.    Try  to  envision/invent  some  ways  that  the  ac9vi9es  in  part  Three  could  have  “persistence”  –  that  is,  become  regular  paferns  of  thinking  and  talking  about  problems.

Divergence  #2:  We’re  Bus:ng  Out  of  Here

Part  One:  Descrip:on  of  the  ScenarioStudents  o2en  have  a  difficult  9me  visualizing  what  exactly  a  wri9ng  researcher  looks  like  or  how  the  ac9vi9es  we’re  modeling  as  “wri9ng  research”  can  have  direct  value  on  their  wri9ng  process.  This  means  that  the  students  need  to  be  shown  how  and  where  wri9ng  research  literally  happens  along  with  the  resources  that  make  specific  types  of  research  possible.  Although  the  program  has  its  default  mee9ng  spaces,  students  may  assign  themselves  goals  that  must  be  met  outside  of  the  default  space  of  the  session.  This  is  a  key  component  in  helping  students  to  further  differen9ate  the  space  of  their  teacher  and  classroom  from  their  consultant  and  session  room.  Students  will  look  toward  the  consultant  for  the  correct  ac9ons  to  take  as  well  as  to  determine  what  can  be  realis9cally  accomplished  within  the  9me  of  the  session.    In  other  words,  students  will  look  to  the  consultant  to  help  them  decide  what  to  do  and  where  to  do  it.

In  examining  this  scenario,  try  first  to  envision  a  specific  situa9on  in  which  this  par9cular  divergence  might  play  out.    What  kind  of  classwork  might  the  students  be  talking  about?    Where  might  they  want  (or  need)  to  go?    What  authority  might  they  invest  the  consultant  with  in  this  situa9on?    What  would  the  possible  “new”  loca9ons  for  work  be?

Part  Two:    Tools  and  Resources

What  are  the  resources  available  to  alter  the  trajectory  of  this  situa9on?  To  turn  this  divergence  into  an  opportunity?

1. Resources  Students  have  (but  obviously  aren’t  using):2. 2.  Resources  Consultants  have:  

Page 87: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Part  Three:  Ac:vi:es

What  are  the  ACTIONS  that  could  happen  as  the  result  of  a  redirec9on  of  tool  use  and  resource  use?

1.  Ac9vi9es  to  suggest:  2.  Things  the  students  do:  3.  Things  the  consultant  does:  

Part  Four:  Trajectories

Redirec9on  back  into  a  produc9ve  “work  flow”  for  the  session  is  great.    That’s  what  we’re  shoo9ng  for.    But  in  the  act  of  “redirec9ng”  a  consultant  can  some9mes  hit  upon  a  tool  or  ac9vity  –  or  just  a  perspec9ve  for  thinking  about  things  –  that  could  turn  this  divergence  into  a  new  learning  opportunity.    Try  to  envision/invent  some  ways  that  the  ac9vi9es  in  part  Three  could  have  “persistence”  –  that  is,  become  regular  paferns  of  thinking  and  talking  about  problems,  and  about  the  physical  and  material  aspects  of  “being  a  wri9ng  researcher.”

Divergence  #3:  Disrup:ve  Students  in  Session

Part  One:  Descrip:on  of  the  ScenarioEven  though  the  program  encourages  student  camaraderie,  sessions  s9ll  need  to  remain  on  track  and  students  produc9ve  toward  accomplishing  their  goals.  Some  study  groups  may  have  members  who  are  entertaining  and  serve  to  lighten  the  mood  of  the  session.  This  is  helpful  and  great  overall  for  encouraging  conversa9on  and  helping  students  to  feel  comfortable  in  sessions.  However,  too  much  comedy  can  become  a  problem  and  reduce  the  overall  progress  of  the  session.  The  ques9on  is  not  if  the  consultant  should  intervene,  rather,  how  they  should  intervene.    Since  the  Consultant  is  not  the  instructor,  his/her  role  in  redirec9ng  difficult  behavior  can  be  very  ambiguous.    Rather  than  the  consultant  appearing  to  be  personally  upset,  she/her  would  need  to  illustrate  for  the  group  how  the  mee9ng  is  being  disrupted.  In  other  words,  the  consultant  needs  to  frame  the  divergence  as  a  concern  for  students,  not  the  consultants  themselves.  What  resources  could  the  consultant  produce  to  help  students  see  this?  

In  considering  and  mapping  this  scenario,  Consultants  might  want  to  envision  all  types  of  disrup9ve  behavior.    Not  just  “genng  off  topic”  or  “controlling  the  comedy”  but  situa9ons  where  more  nega9ve  behaviors  are  being  displayed.    The  first  step  is  s9ll  the  map,  however.    Try  to  envision  a  situa9on  where  certain  group  members  might  be  engaging  in  behaviors  that  you  think  are  ul9mately  keeping  the  group  from  working  effec9vely.    Place  the  people  in  the  room  –  where  would  they  be  sinng?  What  kind  of  work  would  be  going  on?    Where  would  the  consultant  be?

Page 88: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Part  Two:    Tools  and  Resources

What  are  the  resources  available  to  alter  the  trajectory  of  this  situa9on?  To  turn  this  divergence  into  an  opportunity?

1.  Resources  Students  have  (but  obviously  aren’t  using):2.  Resources  Consultants  have:  

Part  Three:  Ac:vi:es

What  are  the  ACTIONS  that  could  happen  as  the  result  of  a  redirec9on  of  tool  use  and  resource  use?

1.  Ac9vi9es  to  suggest:  2.  Things  the  students  do:  3.  Things  the  consultant  does:  

Part  Four:  Trajectories

Redirec9on  back  into  a  produc9ve  “work  flow”  for  the  session  is  great.    That’s  what  we’re  shoo9ng  for.    But  in  the  act  of  “redirec9ng”  a  consultant  can  some9mes  hit  upon  a  tool  or  ac9vity  –  or  just  a  perspec9ve  for  thinking  about  things  –  that  could  turn  this  divergence  into  a  new  learning  opportunity.    Try  to  envision/invent  some  ways  that  the  ac9vi9es  in  part  Three  could  have  “persistence”  –  that  is,  become  regular  paferns  of  thinking  and  talking  about  problems  for  the  group.

Divergence  #4:  Becoming  a  Literate  Ci:zen  

Part  One:  Descrip:on  of  the  ScenarioFirst  Year  Wri9ng  students  o2en  insist  that  wri9ng  isn't  an  everyday  ac9vity  for  them.  Consultants  shouldn't  be  surprised  to  hear  the  words,  “I  just  don't  write”.  Because  students  do  not  see  the  value  of  wri9ng  or  view  it  as  a  daily  ac9vity,  it  is  common  for  them  to  resist  their  classroom  wri9ng  assignments.  Addi9onally,  students  have  been  condi9oned  to  only  view  academic  or  difficult  wri9ng  as  “true  wri9ng”  while  non-­‐academic  genres  of  wri9ng  are  rarely  considered  as  such.  Past  consultants  have  o2en  asked  students  to  make  list  of  all  the  genres  that  they  frequently  write  in.  This  list,  which  is  usually  short  and  dominated  by  academic  genres,  may  only  help  to  reinforce  the  student's  view  of  what  wri9ng  truly  is.    In  the  Peer  Study  Group  model,  the  Consultant  will  not  be  “in  charge”  of  changing  student  antudes  and  understanding  of  their  wri9ng  directly  in  the  group,  but  she/he  will  s9ll  need  to  consider  how  limited  understanding  of  literate  ac9vity  may  be  hampering  or  limi9ng  students  ability  to  engage  in  the  behaviors  of  a  Literate  Ci9zen.    

In  considering  this  scenario,  try  to  imagine  discussions  that  students  might  have  about  a  project  

Page 89: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

or  type  of  genre-­‐research  ac9vity  where  their  understanding  would  be  limited  if  they  don’t    (a)  have  a  grasp  of  all  the  different  kinds  of  wri9ng  as  “really  wri9ng”  and/or  (b)  their  own  understanding  of  their  own  wri9ng  ac9vi9es  doesn’t  include  enough  different  kinds  of  texts  to  give  them  compara9ve  experience.  What  might  students  be  talking  about  or  working  on  when  this  kind  of  thing  would  happen?    How  might  the  group  produc9vity  “deteriorate”  as  a  result?    Where  would  the  Consultant  be  sinng  or  moving  around?

Part  Two:    Tools  and  Resources

What  are  the  resources  available  to  alter  the  trajectory  of  this  situa9on?  To  turn  this  divergence  into  an  opportunity?

1.  Resources  Students  have  (but  obviously  aren’t  using):2.  Resources  Consultants  have:  

Part  Three:  Ac:vi:es

What  are  the  ACTIONS  that  could  happen  as  the  result  of  a  redirec9on  of  tool  use  and  resource  use?

1.  Ac9vi9es  to  suggest:  2.  Things  the  students  do:  3.  Things  the  consultant  does:

Part  Four:  Trajectories

Redirec9on  back  into  a  produc9ve  “work  flow”  for  the  session  is  great.    That’s  what  we’re  shoo9ng  for.    But  in  the  act  of  “redirec9ng”  a  consultant  can  some9mes  hit  upon  a  tool  or  ac9vity  –  or  just  a  perspec9ve  for  thinking  about  things  –  that  could  turn  this  divergence  into  a  new  learning  opportunity.    Try  to  envision/invent  some  ways  that  the  ac9vi9es  in  part  Three  could  have  “persistence”  –  that  is,  become  regular  paferns  of  thinking  and  talking  about  problems.  

Divergence  #5:  She  Broke  up  on  the  Rocks

Part  One:  Descrip:on  of  the  ScenarioThe  peer  group  numbers  are  actually  (because  of  departmental  budget  constraints)  not  ideal.    9  students  is  a  large  number  to  have  in  a  study  group.    At  some  point  (early  or  later  in  the  semester)  the  Consultant  may  observe  the  groups  func9on  is  being  shaped  by  the  number  of  members  in  ways  that  might  not  be  produc9ve  for  all  the  members.    In  this  case,  students  themselves  may  feel  frustrated,  but  not  really  know  (themselves)  how  to  solve  the  problem,  since  the  “rules”  will  say  they  are  supposed  to  work  as  a  group.    They  may  look  to  the  Consultant  to  ac9vely  help  them  in  this  situa9on,  or  they  may  just  struggle  along.

In  considering  this  scenario,  try  to  imagine  discussions  that  students  might  have  about  a  project  or  type  of  genre-­‐research  ac9vity  where  their  understanding  would  be  limited  if  the  group  

Page 90: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

dynamic  is  genng  unwieldy.      In  what  situa9ons  might  this  occur,  and  how  might  the  trajectory  of  the  group  (it’s  coherence  and  the  ac9vi9es  of  individual  members)  be  altered?

Part  Two:    Tools  and  Resources

What  are  the  resources  available  to  alter  the  trajectory  of  this  situa9on?  To  turn  this  divergence  into  an  opportunity?

1.  Resources  Students  have  (but  obviously  aren’t  using):2.  Resources  Consultants  have:  

Part  Three:  Ac:vi:es

What  are  the  ACTIONS  that  could  happen  as  the  result  of  a  redirec9on  of  tool  use  and  resource  use?

1.  Ac9vi9es  to  suggest:  2.  Things  the  students  do:  3.  Things  the  consultant  does  

Part  Four:  Trajectories

Redirec9on  back  into  a  produc9ve  “work  flow”  for  the  session  is  great.    That’s  what  we’re  shoo9ng  for.    But  in  the  act  of  “redirec9ng”  a  consultant  can  some9mes  hit  upon  a  tool  or  ac9vity  –  or  just  a  perspec9ve  for  thinking  about  things  –  that  could  turn  this  divergence  into  a  new  learning  opportunity.    Try  to  envision/invent  some  ways  that  the  ac9vi9es  in  part  Three  could  have  “persistence”  –  that  is,  become  regular  paferns  of  thinking  and  talking  about  problems.  

Divergence  #6:  No  (Wo)Man  is  an  Island

Part  One:  Descrip:on  of  the  ScenarioIn  previous  itera9ons  of  the  consul9ng  role,  Consultants  o2en  spent  a  lot  of  9me  worrying  about  how  to  engage  the  student  who  doesn’t  want  to  engage  –  but  sits  quietly,  or  is  ac9vtely  board  during  the  mee9ngs.    In  the  Consultant-­‐as-­‐Kind-­‐of-­‐a-­‐Teacher  model,  the  Consultant  has  power  to  alter  the  trajectory  in  some  very  direct  ways.    But  in  the  new  model  (the  Consultant-­‐as-­‐Wri9ng-­‐Researcher-­‐and-­‐Facilitator)  ac9ons  that  can  be  taken  by  the  Consultant  are  more  constrained.    This  scenario  address  the  possibility  that  some  students  in  the  peer  group  may  be  afending  but  failing  to  par9cipate.

In  considering  this  scenario,  try  to  imagine  a  specific  situa9on  in  which  the  Consultant  might  observe  a  par9cular  student’s  lack  of  engagement.    Where  is  the  student  si9ng?  What  is  going  on  around  him/her?    How  is  the  group  responding  to  this  lack  of  engagement?    What  is  the  consultant  doing?

Page 91: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Part  Two:    Tools  and  Resources

What  are  the  resources  available  to  alter  the  trajectory  of  this  situa9on?  To  turn  this  divergence  into  an  opportunity?

1.  Resources  Students  have  (but  obviously  aren’t  using):2.  Resources  Consultants  have:  

Part  Three:  Ac:vi:es

What  are  the  ACTIONS  that  could  happen  as  the  result  of  a  redirec9on  of  tool  use  and  resource  use?

1.  Ac9vi9es  to  suggest:  2.  Things  the  students  do:  3.  Things  the  consultant  does:  

Part  Four:  Trajectories

Redirec9on  back  into  a  produc9ve  “work  flow”  for  the  session  is  great.    That’s  what  we’re  shoo9ng  for.    But  in  the  act  of  “redirec9ng”  a  consultant  can  some9mes  hit  upon  a  tool  or  ac9vity  –  or  just  a  perspec9ve  for  thinking  about  things  –  that  could  turn  this  divergence  into  a  new  learning  opportunity.    Try  to  envision/invent  some  ways  that  the  ac9vi9es  in  part  Three  could  have  “persistence”  –  that  is,  become  regular  paferns  of  thinking  and  talking  about  problems.  

An  Ac:vity  Theory  Approach  to  NotetakingOne  of  the  major  changes  we’ve  made  to  the  structure  of  ENG  101.10  from  2014  to  2015  is  the  inclusion  of  Instructor,  Consultant,  and  Student  notetaking  components.  Basically,  during  and/or  a2er  all  ENG  101.10  mee9ngs  (course  sessions,  study  group  sessions,  1-­‐on-­‐1  tutoring  sessions)  notes  will  be  taken  that  document  the  ac9vi9es  and  learning  that  took  place  within  the  mee9ng.  These  notes  will  then  be  shared  so  that  all  par9es  connected  to  each  sec9on  of  ENG  101.10  will  have  access  to  the  different  perspec9ves  of  learning  made  visible  in  the  wrifen  notes.  

The  notetaking  that  will  be  completed  during  the  semester  recognizes  that  knowledge  is  constructed  in  groups,  not  individually.  ENG  101.10  is  not  simply  a  course  where  instructors  transfer  knowledge  to  students  and  that  knowledge  is  reinforced  by  wri9ng  consultants  via  study  group  session  ac9vi9es.  Instead,  instructors,  consultants,  students,  and  Wri9ng  Program  administrators  work  together  to  con9nually  create  and  recreate  what  we  know  and  call  wri9ng  research.  In  this  way,  what  we  (as  a  group,  as  individuals)  know  about  wri9ng  research  is  constantly  changing,  growing,  shi2ing—it  is  constantly  being  wrifen,  edited,  and  revised.  Wri9ng  research  is  not  sta9c,  but  dynamic,  therefore  the  teaching  and  learning  regarding  

Page 92: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

wri9ng  research  should  be  recognized  as  equally  dynamic.

Since  wri9ng  research  knowledge  is  always  on  the  move,  instances  of  wri9ng  research  learning  are  also  on  the  move.  Instructors,  consultants,  and  students  (as  groups  and  individuals)  teach  and  learn  and  relearn  at  different  paces.  With  all  the  different  speeds  of  knowledge  uptake  and  transfer,  it’s  important  for  groups  to  have  check  ups  that  allow  individuals  to  compare  how  they  are  taking  up  new  ideas  (o2en  in  different  ways),  and  to  check  milestones  for  each  group  member.  Documenta9on  of  learning  can  be  a  visual  and  tac9le  tool  to  keep  everyone  “up  to  speed”  and  help  members  learn  to  be  more  conscious  of  their  “knowledge-­‐making”  as  they  learn.

We  see  efficient,  shared  notetaking  as  a  way  to  keep  ENG  101.10  instructors,  consultants,  students,  and  administrators  in  communica9on  with  each  other  regarding  their  wri9ng  research  learning.  This  communica9on  is  cri9cal  in  connec9ng  all  par9es  involved  in  ENG  101.10.  With  the  aid  of  accurate,  con9nual,  and  in  some  senses  communal  notetaking,  we  remove  the  guesswork  of  whether  or  not  everyone  is  “on  the  same  page”  when  it  comes  to  ENG  101.10  course  objec9ves  and  Wri9ng  Program  Learning  Outcomes.  The  notes  become  places  to  ask  ques9ons,  share  thoughts,  revise  goals,  and  reinforce  knowledge.  As  such,  they  not  only  document  learning,  but  play  an  important  role  in  the  very  processes  of  teaching  and  learning.

Ul9mately,  notetaking  is  a  group  ac9vity:  it  works  best  to  help  with  learning  when  everyone  does  it  individually  and  compares  their  resul9ng  work.  Important  learning  moments  arise  when  one  party’s  understandings  of  course  objec9ves  support  or  conflict  with  another  party’s.  We  can  view  the  notes  as  important  spaces  to  slow  down  our  teaching  and  learning  and  check  for  shared  understanding  and  wri9ng  community  growth.  With  all  this  in  mind,  full  par9cipa9on  (wri9ng,  reading,  discussing,  revising)  by  everyone  in  the  ENG  101.10  community  is  cri9cal.  When  notetaking,  and  the  sharing  of  notes,  is  thorough  and  open,  everyone’s  learning  improves,  as  mul9ple  learning  perspec9ves  gain  cri9cal  voices.  

Type  of  Document

Who  Writes  It? Who  needs  Access?

Print/Digital Where  is  it  stored?

Instructor  Notes

Instructors  write  these  a2er  each  class  they  teach.  (2-­‐4  9mes  each  week,  depending  on  the  number  of  sec9ons  they  teach)

StudentsConsultantsInstructorsWri9ng  ProgramGeneral  public

Digital These  notes  are  actually  going  to  be  public  on  our  website  at  www.isuwri3ng.com  (the  notes  will  not  be  prominently  displayed  but  will  available  through  a  link).    We’ll  provide  you  with  a  specific  handout  on  how  to  create  your  notes  in  ths  space,  but  it  should  be  a  really  very  straigh�orward  process.

Page 93: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Student  Notes

3  students  in  EACH  class  period  throughout  the  semester  will  write  these.    

Accessible  to  class  members  but  not  across  sec9ons  or  to  the  public.

Digital Instructors  will  create  a  folder  in  their  “resources  and  materials”  space  in  Reggienet  where  students  can  upload  their  mee9ng  notes.    Consultant  will  also  have  access,  and  we’ll  ask  you  to  add  one  member  of  the  WP  staff  to  your  class,  so  we  can  download  the  notes  for  our  archive.

Study  Group  Session  Notes

These  are  composed  by  both  students  and  consultant  together.

Accessible  to  class  members  but  not  across  sec9ons  or  to  the  public.

Digital These  will  saved  to  a  google  doc  that  allows  access  only  to  members  of  the  class  (and  the  WP  staff  member).    We’re  using  Google  Docs  so  all  members  can  write  the  document  together  in  a  shared  file.

1-­‐to-­‐1  Session  Notes

Composed  by  a  single  student  and  single  consultant

Accessible  on  to  student,  consultant  and  instructor

Digital For  these  notes,  student  and  consultant  will  use  a  word.  Doc  form  and  email  it  to  instructor,  consultant  and  student.    Consultant  will  store  a  copy  for  the  WP  archive.

1-­‐On-­‐1  Tutoring  SessionsWhat  You  Need  to  Know

One  of  the  best  features  of  ENG  101.10  is  that  it  provides  you,  the  student,  with  opportuni9es  to  meet  with  a  skilled,  professional  writer  (your  Consultant),  for  1-­‐on-­‐1  help  with  your  wri9ng  tasks,  assignments,  and  projects.  This  extra  help  can  prove  invaluable  when  it  comes  to  planning,  researching,  dra2ing,  edi9ng,  and  revising  your  wri9ng.  But  mee9ng  with  someone  for  extra  help  with  your  wri9ng  might  be  new  to  you,  so  this  sheet  will  tell  you  some  of  the  things  you  can  expect  from  this  feature  of  ENG  101.10.

The  Basics

First,  here  are  the  basics  of  what  you  need  to  know  about  your  1-­‐on-­‐1  tutoring  sessions  with  your  ENG  101.10  wri9ng  Consultant.

Where?  –  All  tutoring  sessions  will  take  place  either  in  the  ISU  Wri9ng  Program  (Stevenson  Hall  Room  128)  or  your  Consultant’s  office,  whichever  is  most  convenient  for  you  and  your  consultant  (The  default  mee9ng  place  will  be  the  ISU  Wri9ng  Program,  but  you  can  confirm  a  mee9ng  place  with  your  Consultant  when  you  schedule  your  session.)

When?  –  A  requirement  of  ENG  101.10  is  that  you  meet  with  your  Consultant  for  a  

Page 94: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

1-­‐on-­‐1  tutoring  session  at  least  once  per  course  unit  project.  This  means  you  will  meet  with  your  Consultant  a  minimum  of  3  9mes  during  the  semester.  But  you  are  encouraged  to  schedule  addi9onal  1-­‐on-­‐1  tutoring  sessions  so  that  Consultants  can  help  you  even  more  with  your  research  and  wri9ng.  They  are  here  to  help  you!  Let  them!  Schedule  some  tutoring  sessions!

Why?  –  When  you  registered  for  ENG  101.10,  you  signed  up  for  a  first-­‐year  wri9ng  course  designed  to  provide  you  with  more  1-­‐on-­‐1  wri9ng  support.  In  addi9on  to  study  group  sessions,  the  1-­‐on-­‐1  tutoring  sessions  are  the  way  the  ISU  Wri9ng  Program  provides  you  with  the  extra  help  you  asked  for.

Frequently  Asked  Ques:ons

1. What  is  my  role  as  a  student  in  a  1-­‐on-­‐1  tutoring  session?

You  will  arrive  to  your  tutoring  session  with  an  idea  of  the  wri9ng  research  goals  you  would  like  to  accomplish  with  your  Consultant  in  the  hour  you  have  to  meet  together.  These  goals  will  be  unique  to  you  and  your  wri9ng  project,  but  could  include:  planning  or  mapping  out  a  future  wri9ng  project,  genng  professional  advice  and  feedback  on  a  wri9ng  project  that  is  already  in  progress,  asking  for  edi9ng  or  revision  ideas  on  a  dra2  of  a  wri9ng  project.  You  will  ask  your  Consultant  ques9ons,  listen  to  what  they  have  to  offer  you,  and  plan  out  how  to  best  incorporate  your  combined  session  work  into  your  wri9ng  project.  At  the  end  of  the  1-­‐on-­‐1  tutoring  session  you  will  complete  a  1-­‐on-­‐1  Notes  form  recapping  the  work  you  did  with  your  Consultant  and  turn  it  in  to  your  instructor  

2. What  is  my  wri:ng  Consultant’s  role  in  a  1-­‐on-­‐1  tutoring  session?

Overall,  your  Consultant’s  main  job  in  the  1-­‐on-­‐1  tutoring  session  is  to  listen  to  your  needs  as  a  wri9ng  researcher  and  offer  resources  and  encourage  your  progress  as  much  as  they  can.  It  is  important  to  note  that  1-­‐on-­‐1  sessions  are  not  designed  so  your  Consultant  can  do  your  work  for  you  or  tell  you  how  to  do  it  to  get  the  best  grade  (remember,  they  are  not  your  101.10  instructor  and  so  they  can’t  assess  your  work  the  way  your  instructor  will.)  But  your  consultant  can  offer  wri9ng  knowledge,  wisdom,  experience,  and  advice,  and  this  can  be  incredibly  valuable  to  your  wri9ng  research  process.  Your  wri9ng  Consultants  are  expert  writers  who  love  to  write,  teach,  and  help  students  with  their  wri9ng.  And  all  of  their  talent  is  at  your  disposal!

3. What  is  going  to  happen  in  the  1-­‐on-­‐1  tutoring  session?

The  majority  of  your  1-­‐on-­‐1  tutoring  session  9me  will  be  spent  communica9ng  with  your  Consultant  about  ways  to  improve  your  wri9ng  and  research.  You  will  bounce  ideas  off  each  other,  present  wri9ng  obstacles  and  think  of  ways  to  overcome  these  obstacles,  ask  each  other  ques9ons,  share  wri9ng  advice  and  experiences,  and  work  with  each  other  to  make  progress  towards  your  successful  comple9on  of  a  101.10  wri9ng  goal  (be  it  an  assignment,  project,  or  general  wri9ng  problem  or  ques9on.)  These  1-­‐on-­‐1  sessions,  while  personal,  are  not  in9mida9ng  or  scary.  Your  wri9ng  Consultant  will  not  judge  or  harshly  cri9cize  you  or  your  wri9ng  (that’s  not  their  job.)  Their  job  is  to  guide  you  towards  more  effec9ve  wri9ng  strategies  

Page 95: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

and  prac9ces,  to  help  you  in  becoming  the  most  successful  writer  you  can  be.

We  really  want  you  to  take  advantage  of  all  the  wri9ng  resources  that  are  part  of  ENG  101.10,  and  one  of  the  best  resources  is  your  opportunity  to  meet  1-­‐on-­‐1  with  your  wri9ng  Consultant  this  semester.  Tutoring  sessions  are  convenient,  easy  to  schedule,  low-­‐stress/low-­‐pressure,  and  have  the  poten9al  to  take  your  wri9ng  to  levels  it  has  never  been  before.  We  are  excited  to  help  you  in  becoming  a  befer,  more  confident  writer,  so  schedule  a  tutoring  session  soon!  

Page 96: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
Appendix J: Evaluations for Fall Orientation 2015
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
Page 97: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

100.00% 15

93.33% 14

93.33% 14

93.33% 14

93.33% 14

66.67% 10

Q4 Which of the following Pre-OrientationModule materials did you read prior to

Orientation?Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

ProgramOverview

LearningOutcomes

Wardle, "MuttGenres"

Devitt, "GenrePedagogies"

Walker, "JustCHATting"

the latestissue of the...

Welcome toStevenson video

What We Teachvideo

one or moreLet's CHAT...

anything inthe Intro to...

anything inthe Syllabus...

anything inthe Experime...

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Program Overview

Learning Outcomes

Wardle, "Mutt Genres"

Devitt, "Genre Pedagogies"

Walker, "Just CHATting"

the latest issue of the Grassroots Writing Research Journal

4 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 98: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

20.00% 3

40.00% 6

13.33% 2

33.33% 5

46.67% 7

33.33% 5

Total Respondents: 15

Welcome to Stevenson video

What We Teach video

one or more Let's CHAT pocasts

anything in the Intro to Consulting module

anything in the Syllabus First Draft module

anything in the Experiment First Draft module

5 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 99: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Q15 Your Rankings for orientationAnswered: 15 Skipped: 0

0.00%0

0.00%0

0.00%0

100.00%15

15

4.00

0.00%0

0.00%0

33.33%5

66.67%10

15

3.67

0.00%0

0.00%0

13.33%2

86.67%13

15

3.87

0.00%0

0.00%0

26.67%4

73.33%11

15

3.73

0.00%0

0.00%0

20.00%3

80.00%12

15

3.80

0.00%0

0.00%0

26.67%4

73.33%11

15

3.73

The Staff

LearningOpportunities

PersonalSupport

The Food

The Space

Your OverallExperience

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Poor Not so Good Good Excellent Total Weighted Average

The Staff

Learning Opportunities

Personal Support

The Food

The Space

Your Overall Experience

16 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 100: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

80.00% 12

20.00% 3

6.67% 1

0.00% 0

Q16 For Everyone: The ReggieNetinformation provided by Frank & Francesco

Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total Respondents: 15

I thought theinformation...

Some of theinformation...

There werethings I wan...

I didn't findthe informat...

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

I thought the information presented was important and useful

Some of the information presented was difficult to understand or wasn't always useful to me

There were things I wanted to know about technology that weren't covered

I didn't find the information useful

17 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 101: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

93.33% 14

40.00% 6

6.67% 1

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q17 The program concepts andphilosophies session led by Joyce

Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total Respondents: 15

I enjoyed thissession and...

I thought theinformation...

Some of theinformation...

I thought thesession...

I didn't findthe informat...

I didn'tattend that...

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

I enjoyed this session and found it useful

I thought the information presented was important

Some of the information presented was difficult to understand

I thought the session presented too much information at once

I didn't find the information useful

I didn't attend that session

18 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 102: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

93.33% 14

46.67% 7

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q19 The program policies session led byJeff and EvanAnswered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total Respondents: 15

I enjoyed thissession and...

I thought theinformation...

Some of theinformation...

I thought thesession...

I didn't findthe informat...

I didn'tattend that...

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

I enjoyed this session and found it useful

I thought the information presented was important

Some of the information presented was difficult to understand

I thought the session presented too much information at once

I didn't find the information useful

I didn't attend that session

20 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 103: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

46.67% 7

6.67% 1

40.00% 6

26.67% 4

0.00% 0

Q21 Cocktail party (Friday)Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total Respondents: 15

It was a greatway to relax...

I felt Ishould atten...

I didn’t attend

I think thisevent should...

I think thisevent could ...

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

It was a great way to relax at the end of the week

I felt I should attend but didn’t really enjoy it

I didn’t attend

I think this event should definitely continue

I think this event could be dropped from the schedule

22 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 104: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

58.33% 7

58.33% 7

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

16.67% 2

Q22 The library meeting for ENG 101instructors only

Answered: 12 Skipped: 3

Total Respondents: 12

I enjoyed thissession and...

I thought theinformation...

Some of theinformation...

I thought thesession...

I didn't findthe informat...

I didn'tattend that...

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

I enjoyed this session and found it useful

I thought the information presented was important

Some of the information presented was difficult to understand

I thought the session presented too much information at once

I didn't find the information useful

I didn't attend that session

23 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 105: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

80.00% 12

46.67% 7

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

6.67% 1

Q23 The session on the Grassroots WritingResearch Journal (Julie Bates & Sarah

Warren-Riley)Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total Respondents: 15

I enjoyed thissession and...

I thought theinformation...

Some of theinformation...

I thought thesession...

I didn't findthe informat...

I didn'tattend that...

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

I enjoyed this session and found it useful

I thought the information presented was important

Some of the information presented was difficult to understand

I thought the session presented too much information at once

I didn't find the information useful

I didn't attend that session

24 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 106: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

86.67% 13

13.33% 2

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q24 I felt that the Writing program teameffectively and promptly addressed my

questions.Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

StronglyDisagree

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

25 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 107: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

73.33% 11

26.67% 4

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q25 Overall, I felt the writing program teamsupported and addressed my needs as a

new instructor?Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

StronglyDisagree

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

26 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 108: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

6.67% 1

0.00% 0

20.00% 3

40.00% 6

33.33% 5

Q26 I sometimes felt alienated or left outAnswered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

StronglyDisagree

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

27 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 109: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

13.33% 2

20.00% 3

26.67% 4

33.33% 5

6.67% 1

Q27 I felt that my peers were anxious,confused, or uninterested during

orientationAnswered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

StronglyDisagree

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

28 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 110: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

40.00% 6

53.33% 8

6.67% 1

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q28 I felt that I received the information Ineeded to begin the semester successfully

Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

StronglyDisagree

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

29 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 111: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

6.67% 1

13.33% 2

13.33% 2

46.67% 7

20.00% 3

Q29 I didn’t always get the information thatI needed

Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

StronglyDisagree

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

30 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 112: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

53.33% 8

46.67% 7

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q30 I felt that the "split sessions"(separating the two groups and not

attending all day) was an effective way forme to get information, to have time to

process information, and (maybe) time tothink about or do other things I needed to

accomplish during the week.Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

StronglyDisagree

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

31 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 113: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

53.33% 8

33.33% 5

13.33% 2

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q31 I am eager to learn more about theWriting Program's model for teaching.

Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

StronglyDisagree

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

32 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 114: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

73.33% 11

26.67% 4

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q32 I felt a sense of communityAnswered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

StronglyDisagree

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

33 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 115: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

6.67% 1

6.67% 1

26.67% 4

33.33% 5

26.67% 4

Q33 I felt I had questions that weren’tanswered

Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

StronglyDisagree

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

34 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 116: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

13.33% 2

20.00% 3

46.67% 7

13.33% 2

6.67% 1

Q34 I feel that the program focused toomuch on theories of pedagogy and not

enough on practical mattersAnswered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

StronglyDisagree

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

35 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 117: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

6.67% 1

6.67% 1

26.67% 4

33.33% 5

26.67% 4

Q35 I had needs that weren’t addressedvery well

Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

StronglyDisagree

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

36 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 118: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

33.33% 5

60.00% 9

6.67% 1

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q36 I felt that my peers (the other newinstructors) had a positive attitude during

orientation.Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

StronglyDisagree

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Strongly agree

Agree

Neutral

Disagree

Strongly Disagree

37 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 119: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

33.33% 5

53.33% 8

6.67% 1

6.67% 1

0.00% 0

Q37 Attending Professional DevelopmentEvents Hosted by the Writing Program

Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Willdefinitely use

Will probablyuse

Not sure

Probably won’tuse

Definitelywon’t use

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Will definitely use

Will probably use

Not sure

Probably won’t use

Definitely won’t use

38 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 120: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

93.33% 14

6.67% 1

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q38 Talking with Jeff Rients and Evan Nave(the 101 and 101.10 course coordinators)

Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Willdefinitely use

Will probablyuse

Not sure

Probably won’tuse

Definitelywon’t use

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Will definitely use

Will probably use

Not sure

Probably won’t use

Definitely won’t use

39 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 121: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

53.33% 8

46.67% 7

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q39 Talking with other graduate instructormembers of the Writing Program team.

Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Willdefinitely use

Will probablyuse

Not sure

Probably won’tuse

Definitelywon’t use

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Will definitely use

Will probably use

Not sure

Probably won’t use

Definitely won’t use

40 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 122: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

46.67% 7

46.67% 7

6.67% 1

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q40 Talking with JoyceAnswered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Willdefinitely use

Will probablyuse

Not sure

Probably won’tuse

Definitelywon’t use

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Will definitely use

Will probably use

Not sure

Probably won’t use

Definitely won’t use

41 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 123: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

93.33% 14

6.67% 1

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q41 Talking with members of my cohort andother friends I make at ISU

Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Willdefinitely use

Will probablyuse

Not sure

Probably won’tuse

Definitelywon’t use

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Will definitely use

Will probably use

Not sure

Probably won’t use

Definitely won’t use

42 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 124: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

73.33% 11

20.00% 3

6.67% 1

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q42 Using the resources on the WritingProgram website and archive

Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Willdefinitely use

Will probablyuse

Not sure

Probably won’tuse

Definitelywon’t use

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Will definitely use

Will probably use

Not sure

Probably won’t use

Definitely won’t use

43 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 125: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

100.00% 15

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

0.00% 0

Q43 Participating in ENG 402Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Willdefinitely use

Will probablyuse

Not sure

Probably won’tuse

Definitelywon’t use

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Will definitely use

Will probably use

Not sure

Probably won’t use

Definitely won’t use

44 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 126: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

53.33% 8

26.67% 4

13.33% 2

6.67% 1

0.00% 0

Q44 Doing my own reading & researchAnswered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Willdefinitely use

Will probablyuse

Not sure

Probably won’tuse

Definitelywon’t use

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Will definitely use

Will probably use

Not sure

Probably won’t use

Definitely won’t use

45 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 127: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

13.33% 2

40.00% 6

40.00% 6

6.67% 1

0.00% 0

Q45 Attending sessions at the Center forTeaching and Learning with Technology

(CTLT)Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Willdefinitely use

Will probablyuse

Not sure

Probably won’tuse

Definitelywon’t use

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Will definitely use

Will probably use

Not sure

Probably won’t use

Definitely won’t use

46 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 128: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

6.67% 1

26.67% 4

60.00% 9

6.67% 1

0.00% 0

Q46 Other training or workshops (notoffered by the writing program)

Answered: 15 Skipped: 0

Total 15

Willdefinitely use

Will probablyuse

Not sure

Probably won’tuse

Definitelywon’t use

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Will definitely use

Will probably use

Not sure

Probably won’t use

Definitely won’t use

47 / 47

New Instructor post-Orientation Survey Fall 2015

Page 129: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!
jwalke2
Typewritten Text
Appendix K: Fall Summit Schedule
Page 130: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Illinois State University Writing Program

SUMMIT ON WRITING

INSTRUCTION

Friday, August 14, 2015

Stevenson Hall (STV)

9:00 am—4:00 pm

Fall 2015

Writing Program Assistants (PAs) are available throughout the semester to help you address any teaching questions or concerns that you may have. We would also love your feedback and suggestions. So stop on by STV 133 or send us an email to set up a meeting time!

English 101 Coordinator:

Jeff Rients, 414 A, [email protected]

English 101.10 Coordinator: Evan Nave, 414 A, [email protected]

English 145 Coordinator:

Deb Riggert-Kieffer, 414 E, [email protected]

Professional Development Coordinator: Michelle Wright Dottore 414 E, [email protected]

Technology Coordinator:

Francesco Levato, 413 C, [email protected]

Technology and Research Coordinator: Frank Macarthy, 414 B, [email protected]

Community Outreach Coordinator:

David Giovagnoli, 414 B, [email protected]

Grassroots Writing Research Journal Editor: Sarah Warren-Riley, 414 C, [email protected]

Special thank you and good luck to Julie Bates, Emily Johnston, Summer Qabazard, and Laura Skokan. You will be greatly missed!!! A warm hello to David, Francesco, Frank, and Sarah. Welcome aboard! And to our Fall 2015 Summit Presenters, Panels, and Commentators…

We’re here to help

Writing Program Director, Joyce Walker,

[email protected], STV 133

Program Coordinator, Maegan Gaddis,

[email protected], STV 133

Welcome to Our Undergraduate Interns!

Anne Hackett and Nathan Schmidt

Fostering a Community of Writing Researchers

Page 131: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

CONCURRENT SESSIONS A: (10:30 am—11:20 am)

GRASSROOTS WRITING RESEARCH / 220

“Teaching the Writing of GWRJ Article”

Oriana Gilson and Kristen Strom

EXPERIENCE THE MULTIMODALITIES / 221 A

“Is It a Frog? A Horse? A Frog-Horse? Using Visual Rhetorics

To Encourage New Views on Genre and Writing Research” Michelle Wright

"Auditory Representations and Language Varieties:

Their Place in Writing" Olya Cochran

PROBLEM STUDENTS &

FOSTERING RELATIONSHIPS / 221 B

“Responding to Problem Students: In Person and on the Page”

Joan Crooks

“Fostering Relationships in the Classroom: Group Cohorts and Collaborative Writing”

Ryan Edel

BREAKFAST

9:00 am — 9:20 am / STV 401 A

PROGRAM UPDATE & AWARDS

9:20 am — 9:50 am / STV 401

MIXER: DISCUSS PROGRAM EVENTS AND RESOURCES

9:50 am — 10:20 am / STV 401

BREAK

10:20 am – 10:30 am

FALL 2015 WRITING SUMMIT SCHEDULE

Page 132: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Dramatization.

FALL 2015 SUMMIT SCHEDULE CONT.

WRAP UP: Share Your Learning Outcome Goals

3:15 – 4:00 / STV 401 A

AFTERNOON GROUP DISCUSSIONS

& INSTRUCTOR WORKSHOPS: Which Learning Outcome Interests You the Most?

Select the Session that Best Represents Your Interests, Challenges, and/or Instructional Goals

for the Upcoming Fall Semester

Page 133: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

UPCOMING EVENTS

MINI GRANT INFORMATION

APPRECIATION AWARDS

Visiting Speaker Series

Our 2015-16 Visiting Speaker will be Dr. Kathleen Yancey of Florida

State University. Dr. Yancey's current research is on teaching for

transfer, and she will be giving a talk on that topic and a workshop on

portfolio use on Wednesday, October 7. For more information visit our

website: http://isuwriting.com/2015/08/12/kathleen-yancey-2015-16-

visiting-speaker/

Podcasts

Let’s CHAT Instructor Podcast focuses on the strategies, experiences,

and experiments in teaching for the Writing Program. As such, it’s

conversations with instructors for (mainly) instructors. For more

information visit our website: http://isuwriting.com/category/podcasts/lets-

chat/

Beyond 101 focuses what it’s like to learn in our Writing Program. The

guests are undergraduates and it’s meant to be easily used in the classroom. As this is a new resource, our podcasts are still being

produced. Visit: http://isuwriting.com/category/podcasts/beyond101/

Half-Mile Project

Huddle up! Wes Gaddis, football player and coach with over twenty-five

years of experience, will be visiting this Fall Semester to talk with

students about how he tackles writing situations. Congratulations to

Kristen Strom! She was randomly chosen for the fall Half-Mile Project

with visitor Wes Gaddis! Stay tuned for information on our guest speaker

for spring semester, and check out some of our great clips from past

projects at http://isuwriting.com/category/grassroots-projects/half-mile-

project/.

Guide to Teaching with the GWRJ

Our ‘Guide to Teaching with the Grassroots Writing Research

Journal’ has gone digital! NEW this year, we also have ‘Connecting

the Learning Outcomes to the GWRJ’, which offers suggestions of

articles that will link well with the new learning outcomes. Both

documents can be found at

http://isuwriting.com/category/gwrjournal/about-the-gwrjournal/.

Writing Program Mini-Grants

Did you know the Writing Program offers financial assistance for

classroom projects? We offer up to three $100.00 mini-grants per

semester to qualifying class projects to help offset the cost

associated. Visit http://isuwriting.com/2015/02/28/writing-program-

mini-grants-2/ for more information and to apply! Fall deadline is

September 26th.

Appreciation Awards

Congratulations again to our Writing Program Appreciation Award

winners! If you have someone you would like to nominate for their

contributions to the Writing Program, feel free to submit your

nomination at: https://www.surveymonkey.com/s/JGFK8TD.

GRASSROOTS WRITING RESEARCH GUIDE

Page 134: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

PRAXIS AND PRACTICALITIES / 220

“Question and Answer for New Instructors,"

Jeff Rients, Eric Pitman, Brad Poling, Krista Roberts, Thaddeus Stoklasa, and Tharini Viswanath

GRASSROOTS AND GLOBALISM / 221 A

“Grassroots as a Global Vehicle Panel”

Joan Crooks, David Giovagnoli, Deb Riggert-Kieffer, and Jonah Mixon-Webster

SOCIAL PHENOMENA & JUSTICE IN GENRE STUDIES / 221 B

“Dealing with Stereotypes and Stigmas”

Sarah Warren-Riley

“CHATing about Justice” Emily Johnston

LUNCH

POTBELLY’S SUBS, SALADS, AND MORE

12:30 pm — 1:30 pm / STV 401 A

Be Sure to Sign Up for Learning Outcomes Discussions And Workshop Sessions during lunch in 401

CONCURRENT SESSIONS B: (11:30 am—12:20 pm)

FALL 2015 WRITING SUMMIT SCHEDULE

INSTRUCTOR COURSE PLAN RECORD

Page 135: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT ACTIVTIVES

Investigating Literate Activity in the Classroom, Community, and Beyond

RESOURCES

NEW LEARNING OUTCOMES

The Writing Program has developed some new activities that

align with our new learning outcomes! Here are some of the

newest and most popular Writing Program activities that will

fulfill your PD obligations:

Common Read – For experienced instructors. You can commit

to reading articles or books aligned with ENG 402 and join in

on the discussion (face-to-face or online) with the course! This

semester’s Common Read is Writing Across Contexts by

Kathleen Yancey.

Instructor Blog Project – Instructors are invited to write blog

posts for the Writing Program website. Topics can vary from

specific Learning Outcome issues, to great ideas that have

transformed your classroom understanding!

Grassroots Journal Article – This classic welcomes

instructors to write an article for the GWRJ for publication.

Professional development and earn $50.00 = Win. Win!

Podcasts – Instructors have many options on working with the

podcasts! You can simply listen to one and write a response

that can be used on our website, or participate in the Just

CHATting recordings. Additionally, instructors can recruit

students from their class and participate with them in a Beyond

101 recording.

For a more detailed list of activities, or for more details of the

Professional Development requirements, please visit

http://isuwriting.com/2015/04/24/professional-development-2/.

Important resources for your professional development!

Our Writing Program has developed these eight Learning Outcomes to

explain to students what you can expect to learn when you take

English 101 at ISU. Each English 101 is unique because each English

101 Instructor designs his or her course individually, and so our eight

Learning Outcomes helps to unify all instructors with common

concepts, terms, focuses, and requirements while, at the same time,

preserving the individuality of each instructor’s unique course designs.

For more information and more resources, including multimodal

resources, such as podcast and podcast clips, videos and video clips,

white board animations, presentations, and GWRJ articles that

correspond with each Learning Outcome please visit:

http://isuwriting.com/category/learning-outcomes/

Page 136: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

82.61% 38

17.39% 8

Q1 Your position as an instructor for theEnglish Department?Note -- we know thereare a lot of different classifications, but wegrouped you into GA or Faculty (becausewe wanted to preserve your anonymity).

Answered: 46 Skipped: 0

Total 46

GraduateTeaching...

Adjunct, NTT,Post-Doc or...

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

Answer Choices Responses

Graduate Teaching Assistant (MA or PhD)

Adjunct, NTT, Post-Doc or other Faculty Appointment

1 / 9

Summit for Fall 2015 -- Participant Survey

Page 137: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Q2 This question gives you a chance to givesome overall rankings about your reactionto several different multiple aspects of theSummit. Rankings run from Poor (left) to

Excellent (right)!Answered: 36 Skipped: 10

0.00%0

0.00%0

13.89%5

36.11%13

50.00%18

0.00%0

36

4.36

0.00%0

0.00%0

8.33%3

19.44%7

72.22%26

0.00%0

36

4.64

0.00%0

0.00%0

13.89%5

30.56%11

55.56%20

0.00%0

36

4.42

2.86%1

0.00%0

8.57%3

28.57%10

57.14%20

2.86%1

35

4.41

0.00%0

5.56%2

13.89%5

22.22%8

58.33%21

0.00%0

36

4.33

0.00%0

8.33%3

11.11%4

30.56%11

50.00%18

0.00%0

36

4.22

OverallExperience

Interactionswith members...

Chance tolearn from...

Chance toshare...

Chance tolearn new...

Chance to meetto people

The food

Theorganization...

respectfulnessand engageme...

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Poor Not SoGood

OK VeryGood

Excellent N/A Total WeightedAverage

Overall Experience

Interactions with members of the Writing Program Team

Chance to learn from other instructors

Chance to share information about my teaching practices

Chance to learn new information about goals and practices of thewriting program

Chance to meet to people

2 / 9

Summit for Fall 2015 -- Participant Survey

Page 138: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

0.00%0

0.00%0

8.33%3

27.78%10

63.89%23

0.00%0

36

4.56

0.00%0

0.00%0

22.22%8

16.67%6

61.11%22

0.00%0

36

4.39

0.00%0

0.00%0

8.33%3

27.78%10

63.89%23

0.00%0

36

4.56

The food

The organization and structure of the event

respectfulness and engagement of other members of thecommunity

3 / 9

Summit for Fall 2015 -- Participant Survey

Page 139: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Appendix M: Millner Library Collaborative Tasks for Spring 2016 At our meeting on December 8th we came up with ideas for how to move forward with our collaboration in spring Attending Meeting: Jennifer, Alexis, Chris (from library) and Joyce, Jeff and David from WP.

Note: These are Joyce’s notes, so the actual tasks may vary somewhat as you all figure out what’s possible to accomplish. Research Data Collection: We have several activities going on in spring that will allow us to collect data about what resources students and 101 instructors need. Here is what we’ve got planned:

• The Critical Inquiry Colloquium will include an on-site research project where instructor work for 20 minutes or so to fill out a questionnaire. Then groups of 101 and 110 instructors will talk about their responses and then report back to the larger group. The data from this activity help the Library folks gather information about what instructors think students need and what they need (as instructors) in their relations with the library and the resources they could use.

• We’ve developed an Information Fluency Checklist (for students) that asks them to rate their comfort level with a variety of research knowledge and activities. https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/SCG9CTS Jeff Reints and David will be working with new 101 instructors in spring, and they’ll be asking these instructors to have their students fill out the checklist at least once -- but preferably more than once. This checklist gives students and teachers a starting point for research, but it will also allow us to gather data about what students think they know (and where they are confused) when they do research

• The new Instructor Course Plan Record asks instructors to answer some specific questions about the writing they assign (what students produce, what categories of writing instructors assign) This data could be compiled by Shelby to help us gain understanding about where the “Genre Research Tutorials” the Library could create would be most useful.

• The Grassroots Writing Research Journal Tag list: We are individually tagging all of our archived articles (Laura Skokan doing over winter break). This will create a “tag” list which we’ll share with the library. It might be cool to link the “Genre Research Tutorials” to some of our articles!

Plans and Resources So for spring and then next fall, here are some of our goals:

• Alexis will work with Jeff again to connect to the new instructors (maybe offer office hours in 133).

• We will work to identify through research (above) what kinds of resources students and teacher most want to help them. Make a list and save it here in Google docs!

Page 140: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

• The WP will work to create a curated list of available library resources and link it to our website. We may need to do some rearranging to figure out where this tab will go. Finish this by end of spring.

• David Giovagnoli will work with Jeff -- once new 101 instructors have come up with a tutorial they’d really like to see created, Nathan and Annie (Interns) will work with the library to create one!

• Library will determine several (maybe as many as 5-6 if we could) ideas for “genre research tutorials” and work to get them created and linked to the library site (they’ll also be link through our page) by fall. We’ll then use these for new instructor training next fall.

• Use data from Colloquium to think about providing a list of possible resources -- ways instructors can interact with librarians, which could be share through our website and give specifically to instructors at next fall’s Summit.

 

Page 141: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Appendix  N:    Self-­‐Assessment  Research    ENG  101  Self-­‐Assessment  Project  Fall  2015  Illinois  State  University  Writing  Program  Joyce  R.  Walker,  Director      

Introduction  and  Table  of  Contents    We  know  that  instructors  are  busy  and  have  a  lot  of  work  to  do.    However,  this  self-­‐assessment  project  investigates  some  pretty  important  ideas  about  improving  student  learning  in  a  genre  studies/Activity  Theory  pedagogy.  As  a  teacher  in  our  program,  it  will  be  worth  the  time  it  takes  to  read  this  document.    Since  we  know  you  are  busy,  though,  we’ve  organized  it  into  sections.    If  you  are  selected  to  participate  in  a  group  for  the  2015  study,  Section  4  provides  the  details  you  need  about  how  the  research  project  will  work  in  the  spring.    

Table  of  Contents    Section  1:    Background  for  the  purpose  of  the  study  Section  2:    Description  and  brief  overview  of  the  2014  Study  Section  3:  Results  of  the  2014  Study  Section  4:    The  2015  Study    [a  must  read  for  instructors  selected  to  participate]  

 

Section  1:    Why  Self-­‐Assessment?  How  Could  This  Help  Students?  

 1In  2013,  two  M.A.  level  graduate  Instructors  in  our  program,  Lauren  Jarema  and  Kayla  Bruce  

conducted  a  small,  informal  pilot  study  that  adapted  the  2010  work  of  Artemeva  and  Fox,  which  

looked  at  student  knowledge  of  “technical  reports”  in  a  technical  communications  class.    The  

Artemeva  and  Fox  study  seemed  to  show  that  while  many  of  the  introductory  technical  

communication  students  had  heard  of,  and  had  some  knowledge  of,  the  genre  of  Technical  

Reports,  only  the  students  in  the  study  who  had  actual  previous  experience  writing  in  the  genre  

were  able  to  successfully  replicate  important  features  of  the  genre  in  a  first  attempt.    What  

Laurenn  and  Kayla  wanted  to  see  was  whether  students  in  our  FYC  course  (ENG  101)  could  

replicate  features  of  genres  that  were  associated  with  their  projected  careers.    Initially,  their  

                                                                                                               1  This  text  is  excerpted  from  a  2015  CCCC  presentation  “Rootedness  and  Reaching  Out:  Complicated  Formation  of  Writing  Research  Identity”  by  Joyce  R.  Walker.  

Page 142: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

2  

findings  were  significant  in  finding  that  in  their  ENG  101  courses,  none  of  the  students  came  into  

the  class  with  specific  experience  in  the  genres  they  were  asked  to  perform,  and  that  none  were  

able  to  reproduce  important  features  of  these  genres  when  asked  to  do  so  in  an  assignment  on  

the  first  days  of  class.      What  was  more  interesting,  from  our  program’s  point  of  view,  was  that,  

for  the  most  part,  these  students  were  also  not  able  to  identify  the  different  genres  in  the  

different  disciplinary  areas  they  self-­‐selected.  Further,  among  those  students  who  were  able  

make  these  identifications,  they  were  unable  to  remember  (or  articulate)  what  cues  they  used  

to  identify  the  writing  as  being  part  of  a  particular  genre.  

 

This  study,  which  Kayla  and  Laurenn  later  repeated  more  formally  and  are  writing  up  for  

publication,  had  another  point  of  interest  for  our  program.  They  found  that  completing  the  work  

of  this  first  class  assignment  (looking  at  and  trying  to  reproduce  an  unfamiliar  genre  in  a  “test”  

kind  of  setting)  seemed  to  have  a  surprising  effect  on  the  students.  Following  their  participation  

in  the  recognition/production  assignment,  a  significant  number  of  the  students  seemed  to  have  

a  lowered  “resistance”  to  studying  genre  than  our  instructors  had  found  typical.    In  fact,  in  a  

survey  about  1  week  into  the  course,  Laurenn  had  students  do  an  end-­‐of-­‐class  information  

writing  about  their  goals,  and  the  majority  of  her  students  gave  responses    that  indicated  that  

their  goals  for  the  course  were  focused  on  learning  more  about  how  to  writing  in  many  different  

genres.    Since  this  kind  of  acceptance,  so  early  in  the  semester,  of  the  importance  of  studying  

multiple  genres,  isn’t  common  for  instructors  in  our  program,  we  thought  that  something  about  

the  activity  of  trying  to  identify  and  produce  unfamiliar  genres  in  a  (albeit  informal)  assessment  

setting,  might  have  changed  the  students’  understanding  of  the  potential  value  of  this  kind  of  

work.  Artemeva  and  Fox  refer  to  a  potentially  similar  effect  from  their  own  study:  

 

The  assessment  stimulated  their  developing  sensitivity  to  genre  differences  in  a  safe  

(because  their  performance  was  not  tied  directly  to  a  mark),  or  neutral,  territory  where  

they  could  take  full  advantage  of  this  learning  experience  (p.  498).  

 

In  our  own  program-­‐wide  assessment,  which  took  place  in  the  spring  of  2014,  we  found  a  

related  result:  In  answers  to  an  open-­‐ended  question,  “What  (if  any)  skills,  concepts  and  

knowledge  from  this  class  do  you  think  might  be  useful  to  you  in  future  writing  situations,”    we  

received  responses  that  were  coded  and  categorized  with  the  following  results:    

Page 143: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

3  

 

Question  4   Genre   CHAT   Research   No  Skills   All  Skills   N/A  

21%   15%   2%   21%   28%   5%  

 

 

That  is,  when  not  prompted  by  any  kind  of  pre-­‐labeled  choices,  these  percentages  of  the  

students  in  the  study  (N  =  1121)  mentioned  these  various  terms  and  concepts  as  possibly  

important  to  their  future  as  writers.    The  number  of  students  using  terms  related  to  “genre”  and  

CHAT  was  much  lower  than  we  felt  we  needed  to  achieve  as  a  program,  since  these  are  key  

terms  for  our  program.    Additionally,  we  were  troubled  by  the  number  of  students  who  

indicated  that  they  couldn’t  identify  anything  about  the  class  that  might  be  useful.  

 

 Taking  up  the  work  that  Laurenn  and  Kayla  had  done  along  with  our  goal  to  “improve  uptake”  

of  these  “troublesome  concepts”  we  developed  what  we  called  a  “student-­‐self  assessment,”  

which  we  introduced  in  a  pilot  study  in  the  fall  of  2014.    Our  goal  was  to  see  if  participating  in  a  

self-­‐assessment  that  asked  students  to  do  the  same  kind  of  “identifying”  and  “producing”  

activities  that  Kayla  and  Laurenn  had  used,  but  with  a  more  generalized  “writing  research  

approach”  (that  is,  the  genres  were  more  generalized  and  not  discipline-­‐specific),  might  alter  

students’  willingness  to  take  up  these  new  concepts.  However,  we  were  unsure  about  how  to  

actually  move  beyond  trying  to  measure  students’  understanding  of  the  concepts  (i.e.,  their  

ability  to  provide  a  definition)  or  attempting  to  measure  some  kind  of  “writing  skill”  (i.e.,  their  

ability  to  actually  produce  writing  that  reflected  an  improved  understanding  of  the  concepts).    

We  ultimately  decided  that  a  focus  on  “disposition”  (i.e.,  the  recognition  that  these  concepts  

might  have  practical  value  for  them  as  writers)  might  be  one  way  to  help  us  visualize  how  

students  were  taking  up  the  concepts.  For  this  first  effort,  we  decided  to  use  self-­‐reporting  as  a  

way  to  uncover  student  disposition  towards  these  concepts,  but  we  did  not  attempt  to  

additionally  look  at  student  writing  in  the  course  to  try  to  see  if  student  self-­‐reports  could  be  

supported  by  actual  writing  from  the  course.    Thus,  although  we  included  30  course  sections  and  

more  than  750  students  in  our  study,  we  would  consider  our  data  very  preliminary.  

 

Page 144: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

4  

Section  2:  The  2013-­‐14  Study  Very  briefly,  we’re  providing  an  overview  of  what  we  did  in  the  2013-­‐14  project,  along  with  some  notes  about  the  things  we  saw  that  made  us  want  to  continue  working  with  this  project.    

The  Study:    in  brief,  our  study  included  the  following  steps:    1. We  developed  a  “self-­‐assessment”  that  students  could  engage  with  that  would  do  the  

following:  ○ provide  some  very  brief  explanations  of  key  concepts  in  the  program.  ○ explain  why  our  approach  to  learning  about  writing    could  have  practical,  useful  

approach  for  them  as  writers  ○ ask  them  to  engage  with  some  samples  of  different    genres  (very  simple  to  more  

complex)  and  try  to  both  identify  the  genres  and  identify  what  information  they  used  to  decide  what  genre  each  sample  was.  

○ ask  them  to  complete  a  “genre  production”  (a  mission  statement  for  the  writing  program)  using  basic  genre  research  and  analysis  techniques.  

2. Create  Three  Different  Student  Groups  ○ A  CONTROL  group  (20  sections  of  ENG  101),  in  which  instructors  were  not  asked  

to  change  their  course  practice  at  all,  except  to  have  students  complete  a  “pre-­‐survey”  at  the  very  beginning  of  the  class,  a  “post-­‐survey  at  the  end  of  the  2nd  week  of  class,  and  an  end-­‐of-­‐the-­‐semester  survey.  

○ A  REGULAR  101  group  (20  sections  of  ENG  101)  in  which  students  took  the  “pre-­‐survey,”  then  talked  about  the  survey  result  in  class;  then  took  the  “post-­‐survey  at  the  end  of  two  weeks,  and  the  end-­‐of-­‐the-­‐semester  survey.  

○ A    ENG  101.10  group  10  sections).    ENG  101.10  is  a  student  self-­‐selected  course  that  provides  additional  help  to  students  who  feel  they  would  benefit  from  it)  which  followed  the  same  steps  as  the  101  class.    [NOTE:    we  separated  the  101  and  101.10  sections,  because  we  felt  there  was  enough  of  a  difference  in  the  student  populations  that  we  might  gather  interesting  information  by  separating  them].  

3. The  Surveys  were  all  three  fairly  basic,  with  both  multiple  choice  and  open-­‐ended  questions  asking  students  what  they  felt  was  important  about  the  class  and  what  they  thought  they  might  learn,  or  had  learned  by  taking  the  course.  

 A  NOTE  on  participation:    Instructors  were  required  to  participate  in  the  study,  but  they  took  up  this  participation  in  different  ways.    Some  had  students  complete  the  survey  outside  of  class,  while  others  did  the  survey  as  an  in-­‐class  activity.    Thus  the  numbers  for  each  group  for  each  survey  are  not  entirely  consistent  (i.e.,  not  all  the  students  filled  out  all  of  the  surveys).    

Section  3:    The  2014  Study  Results2  

                                                                                                               2  Excerpt  From  Rootedness  and  Reaching  Out:  Complicated  Formation  of  Research  Identity.  CCC  Conference  Presentation,  March  2015,  Tampa  Florida.    Joyce  R.  Walker.    

Page 145: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

5  

Even  though  is  was  preliminary,  the  study  generated  a  great  deal  of  data,  which  we’re  still  exploring.    However,  the  most  significant  reason  for  refining  and  repeating  this  study  comes  from  student  answers  to  several  of  the  “open-­‐ended”  questions  from  the  different  surveys  -­‐-­‐  specifically  those  which  asked  students  to  discuss  (short  answer)  their  understanding  of  the  learning  in  the  course.    The  questions  from  each  survey  are  as  follows:    

● From  the  Pre-­‐Assessment  Survey  (which  students  took  on  the  first  day  of  class):  Please  describe  (in  a  brief  paragraph)  how  you  think  this  class  might  be  valuable  to  you  both  as  a  student  and  as  a  writer.  

● From  the  Post-­‐Assessment  Survey  (taken  at  the  end  of  week  two  of  the  course):  Now  that  you've  been  in  the  class  for  a  couple  of  weeks,  please  tell  us  what  you  think  about  the  value/usefulness  of  this  course  to  you  as  a  writer  (and  whether  it  has  changed  from  the  first  day).  

● 1st  Question  from  the  End-­‐of-­‐Semester  Survey:  What  were  your  expectations  for  what  this  class  would  be  like?  

● 1st  Question  from  the  End-­‐of-­‐Semester  Survey:  What  did  you  learn  in  this  class  that  you  hadn’t  expected  to  learn?    

● 1st  Question  from  the  End-­‐of-­‐Semester  Survey:  Can  you  describe  any  skills,  knowledge  or  concepts  you  learned  in  this  class  that  you  think  you  might  be  able  to  use  in  future  writing  situations?      

In  general,  what  seems  significant  to  us  when  we  look  specifically  at  these  responses  to  open-­‐ended  questions  about  learning  in  the  course,  is  that  there  definitely  seems  to  be  a  noticeable  difference  in  uptake  (as  determined  by  undirected  student  comments)  between  the  different  groups,  and  especially  between  the  Control  and  101/101.10  groups,  on  the  threshold  concept  of  “genre/genre  research.”    These  numbers  indicate  that  working  through  the  self-­‐assessment  may  indeed  have  impacted  how  readily  these  students  took  up  and  used  the  term  genre  in  their  course,  and  how  “ready”  they  were  to  receive  that  new  information.    The  numbers  for  CHAT  still  show  a  relatively  low  uptake  figure  (nothing  reaching  15%,  which  was  the  number  from  a  similar  coding  of  end-­‐of-­‐semester  surveys  for  our  last  program-­‐wide  assessment  in  Spring  2014),  However,  CHAT  concepts  were  not  a  significant  part  of  the  self-­‐assessment,  so  this  is  actually  another  marker  that  shows  that  student’s  attention  to/uptake  up  genre  study  as  a  concept  may  have  been  impacted  by  the  self-­‐assessment.  The  charts  below  show  the  different  levels  of  term  use  on  the  different  survey  questions.   THE  CONTROL  GROUP     pre-­‐assessment  %  

 post-­‐assessment  %   Final  Survey  

What  new  did  you  learn?  %  (Q2)  

Final  Survey  What  can  you  use?  %  (Q3)  

Specific  Reference  to  Genre  or  genre  analysis:      

 18.93   20.3   25.7   12.2  

Specific  Reference  to  CHAT:  

0   0   6.3   11.3  

THE  101  GROUP    (this  is  a  group  that  completed  the  self-­‐assessment)  

                                                                                                               3  This  is  the  number  that  we  think  was  impacted  by  instructors  asking  students  to  complete  the  survey  after  introducing  them  to  the  course  syllabus.    We  think  it’s  possible  that  without  introduction,  these  numbers  would  be  even  lower  –  so  we  need  to  make  sure  that  students  in  the  2016  study  take  the  survey  before  reading  the  course  syllabus.    

Page 146: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

6  

  pre-­‐assessment  %   post-­‐assessment  %   What  new  did  you  learn?  %  (Q2)  

What  new  can  you  use?  %  (Q3)  

Specific  Reference  to  Genre  or  genre  analysis:      

 10.8   49.7   59   34.9  

Specific  Reference  to  CHAT:  

0   0   12   13.9  

 THE  101.10  GROUP  (this  is  a  group  that  completed  the  self-­‐assessment)     pre-­‐assessment  %   post-­‐assessment  %   What  new  did  you  

learn?  %    (Q2)  What  can  you  use?  %  (Q3)  

Specific  Reference  to  Genre  or  genre  analysis:      

 12   31.5   58.5   34.8  

Specific  Reference  to  CHAT:  

0   0   9.6   9.6%  

Specific  Reference  to  the  term  audience  

1   .6   .7   .7  

Specific  reference  to  “creative/creatively”  

2   1.3   .7   0  

   Results  worth  noting  include  the  following:    

• The  percentage  of  overall  students  in  each  group  who  noted  “genre”  as  an  important  term  in  the  post-­‐assessment  survey  were  noticeably  different  for  101/101.10  and  control  groups:  

o Control  Group:       20.3  o 101  group:   49.7  o 101.10  group:     31.5  

• The  rise  in  percentage  of  the  total  of  students  referencing  the  concept  of  genre  research/analysis  (unsolicited)  from  pre-­‐to-­‐post  surveys  the  was  much  higher  for  both  of  the  groups  who  completed  the  self-­‐assessment  than  for  the  control  group:  

o Control  (Rise  pre-­‐to-­‐post):    +1.4  o Regular  101  (rise  pre-­‐to-­‐post)  :    37.1  o 101.10  (rise  pre-­‐to-­‐post):  24.5  

• The  percentage  of  students  in  the  101  and  101.10  groups  who  mentioned  genre  concepts  in  the  two  questions  on  the  end-­‐of-­‐the-­‐semester  survey  was  significantly  higher  than  for  the  control  group:  

o Control:       25.7/12/5  o 101  group:     59/34.9  o 101.10  group:   58.5/34.8  

• However,  the  numbers  for  mentions  of  CHAT  were  not  significantly  different.    While  the  101  group  did  have  higher  numbers  than  the  control  group,  the  101.10  group  did  not.  

o Control:       6.3/11.3  o 101  group:   12/13.9  o 101.10  group:   9.6/9.6  

• We  also  want  to  note  that  these  are  “unsolicited”  mentions  –  meaning  that  students  mentioned  studying  genres  or  CHAT  in  response  to  a  very  general  question  about  learning  and  usefulness,  rather  than  direct  questions  about  these  terms.  

   

Page 147: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

7  

     

Page 148: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

8  

Section  4:    The  2016  Study  [Please  read  carefully  if  your  section  has  been  selected  to  participate]    So  here  we  are,  getting  ready  for  Spring  2016.    What  can  we  do  to  test  our  findings,  and  most  importantly  to  potentially  help  students  kind  of  “warm  up”  to  the  pedagogies  in  our  course?    Here  are  our  goals:  

1. We  don’t  want  to  take  up  too  much  of  class  time  with  this  (but  if  we’re  right,  this  kind  of  self-­‐assessment  may  be  a  great  “1st  week  activity  for  both  students  and  teachers,  so  it’s  worth  exploring)  

2. We  don’t  want  to  freak  the  students  out  too  much.    We  are  working  with  a  “testing”  genre  here  –  that  is,  students  will  see  the  self-­‐assessment  as  a  test,  and  it  specifically  uses  the  words  “test”  and  “quiz”.    But  we  don’t  want  students  to  see  the  self-­‐assessment  as  akin  to  the  kinds  of  standardized  tests  they  have  taken  in  school.    Our  goal  is  to  have  it  be  more  like  the  quizzes  you  take  on  facebook.    Even  when  they’re  ridiculous,  they  make  you  think  about  your  identity,  your  habits,  your  knowledge,  your  likes  and  dislikes.  

3. We  do  want  to  help  the  students  to  see  a  “hole”  in  their  knowledge.    We  definitely  want  to  make  the  impression,  through  the  self-­‐assessment,  that  there  is  stuff  about  writing  that  they  don’t  know.    Maybe  even  make  them  slightly  anxious  about  it.    This  is  actually  one  of  the  key  goals  of  the  study,  because  our  sense  is  that  this  could  be  a  productive  anxiety  for  creating  a  disposition  toward  the  course  content.  

4. We  do  want  to  try  to  develop  questions  that  leave  things  open-­‐ended  (so  we’re  not  pushing  students  to  answer  in  particular  ways)  but  do  a  better  job  of  designing  questions  that  let  us  see  Pre/Post  dispositions  (attitudes  about  the  concepts).      

 Components  of  the  2015  Study:    The  2016  study  will  work  very  much  like  the  2014  study  in  most  ways.  In  the  Appendix  you’ll  see  the  questions  for  each  component  of  the  study.        

For  The  Control  Group:    This  will  be  a  group  of  10  sections  of  ENG  101,  taught  by  regular  101  instructors.  

• First  day  Survey:    before  beginning  any  discussion  of  the  class,  instructors  will  ask  students  to  complete  a  survey.    The  survey  is  short  –  it  should  take  less  than  10  minutes  to  complete  (see  Appendix  1  for  survey  questions).  

• Note  on  Course  Teaching:    Other  than  these  surveys,  the  class  should  be  run  just  the  way  the  instructor  usually  does  it.    No  worries  about  what  to  talk  about  or  not  talk  about.  

• 2  Week  Survey:    At  the  end  of  the  2nd  week  of  class  (IN  CLASS),  instructors  will  ask  students  to  complete  the  2nd  survey  (this  one  is  really  short  –  10  minutes  at  most)  

• End  of  Semester  Survey:  During  the  final  week  of  the  semester  (again,  IN  CLASS)  the  instructor  will  ask  students  to  fill  out  a  final  survey.    This  one  is  longer,  perhaps  about  20  minutes  to  complete.  

 

Page 149: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

9  

Notes:    Students  will  list  their  names  and  their  instructor  names  in  the  survey.    We  need  this  information  to  keep  track  of  differences  between  sections.    But  names  will  be  stripped  out  of  the  surveys  once  they  are  complete  and  we’ve  organized  them.  Note:  For  the  control  group,  we  ask  that  you  not  spend  a  great  deal  of  time  talking  through  the  survey  answers,  but  obviously  you  can  integrate  it  into  the  work  of  the  course,  since  students  will  be  talking  about  what’s  important  to  them.    We  will  not,  however,  give  instructors  the  full  survey  information,  although  we  can  give  you  data  from  specific  questions  (but  not  with  student  names)  if  you  ask  for  it,  and  we’ll  provide  all  the  data  when  the  study  is  complete.  

 For  Self-­‐Assessment  Group:    If  your  class  has  been  selected  for  the  self-­‐assessment  project,  you  will  actually  be  working  through  a  self-­‐assessment  with  your  students,  in  addition  to  having  them  complete  the  three  surveys.    Here  is  how  the  study  will  work  for  you  and  your  students:    

• First  day  Survey:    before  beginning  any  discussion  of  the  class,  instructors  will  ask  students  to  complete  a  short  survey,  which  should  take  about  10  minutes.  

• Self  Assessment:    Then,  still  before  giving  them  the  syllabus,  students  will  complete  the  self-­‐assessment.    This  should  be  completed  (as  much  as  possible)  by  all  students  on  the  first  day  of  class.    The  assessment  will  probably  take  the  entire  class  period.  If  students  don’t  finish  before  the  end  of  class,  just  have  them  complete  as  much  of  it  as  they  can.  

• 2nd  &  (possibly)  3rd  Class  Periods:    We’re  asking  instructors  to  talk  and  think  about  the  assessment  answers  with  their  students.    We’ll  make  each  classes’  results  available  to  each  instructor  (with  Names  removed),  so  that  you  can  review  results  with  the  class.    The  goal  here  is  definitely  not  punitive.    Instead,  we  want  to  approach  this  with  a  more  speculative,  “research”  mindset    -­‐-­‐  what  answers  did  students  find  “easy”?  Which  were  more  complicated?  What  do  their  answers  tell  them  about  what  they  might  need  to  know  in  the  class?    There  will  be  a  few  questions  on  the  survey  that  have  “correct”  answers,  but  many  will  also  be  “what  do  you  think”  kinds  of  answers  which  should  promote  discussion.    Some  instructors  may  want  to  take  2  class  periods  for  this  work,  segueing  into  the  first  “genre  analysis”  or  “activity  theory”  work  for  the  first  project  directly  from  the  assessment.    Other  may  want  to  separate  it  off  and  just  make  the  one  class  period  of  discussion  work  for  them.  

• 2  Week  Survey:    At  the  end  of  the  2nd  week  of  class  (IN  CLASS),  instructors  will  ask  students  to  complete  the  2nd  survey  (also  short)  

• End  of  Semester  Survey:  During  the  final  week  of  the  semester  (again,  IN  CLASS)  the  instructor  will  ask  students  to  fill  out  a  final  short  survey.  

 Notes:    Students  will  list  their  names  and  their  instructor  names.    We  need  this  information  to  keep  track  of  differences  between  sections.  

         

Page 150: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

10  

Checklist  for  Instructors:    

For  the  Control  Group:    ü Make  sure  you  have  links  to  the  surveys  ready  to  give  your  students  (we’ll  send  

these  out  to  you  before  the  semester  begins,  and  we’ll  remind  you  about  them  just  before  your  first  class  starts).  

ü Make  sure  you  have  students  complete  the  first  survey  before  you  talk  about  the  class  to  your  students.  

ü Make  sure  you  have  students  complete  all  three  of  the  surveys  in  class.  ü For  the  2nd  and  third  surveys,  the  exact  day  isn’t  really  an  issue  for  us.    We’ll  remind  

you  by  email,  but  you  can  work  it  into  your  class  as  appropriate  (but  remember  that  students  should  do  it  in  class!)  

 For  the  Self-­‐Assessment  Group:    ü Make  sure  you  have  links  to  the  surveys  ready  for  your  students  (we’ll  send  these  to  

you  before  the  semester  begins).  ü Make  sure  you  begin  on  the  very  first  day  of  class  by  having  students  do  the  first  

survey  (before  doing  the  self-­‐assessment  or  looking  at  the  syllabus).    ü Make  sure  you  have  the  link  for  the  self-­‐assessment  ready,  and  that  you’ve  read  

through  the  self-­‐assessment  so  that  you  can  discuss  it  with  students  in  class.    ü Try  to  think  about  how  to  integrate  the  self-­‐assessment  into  your  class.    What  have  

the  students  learned  about  studying  genres  and  activity  systems?  ü We’ll  send  you  self-­‐assessment  results  (but  email  us  to  remind  us  if  we  don’t)  ü For  the  2nd  and  third  surveys,  the  exact  day  isn’t  really  an  issue  for  us.    We’ll  remind  

you  by  email,  but  you  can  work  it  into  your  class  as  appropriate  (but  remember  that  students  should  do  it  in  class!)  

ü Make  sure  you  have  students  complete  all  three  of  the  surveys  in  class.  ü At  the  send  of  the  semester,  we’ll  ask  teachers  who  worked  with  the  self-­‐

assessment  to  give  us  their  impressions  of  how  the  self-­‐assessment  worked  (or  didn’t)  to  potentially  spark  conversations  or  change  attitudes.  

   Bibliography:    Artemeva,  N.  and  Fox,  J.  (2010)  ‘Awareness  Versus  Production:  Probing  Students’  Antecedent  

Genre  Knowledge’,  Journal  of  Business  and  Technical  Communication,  24(4),  pp.  476–515.  

   

Page 151: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

11  

Appendix  1:  The  Initial  Survey  Questions      (The  actual  survey  questions  might  be  slightly  different  from  this,  because  we’ll  continue  to  think  about  and  edit  them  up  until  the  semester  starts.    But  you  can  check  out  the  actual  survey  here:  https://isuwriting.wufoo.com/forms/zdnygea0fz8gu2/  )  and  let  us  know  if  you  have  ideas  or  comments.    

• Student  Name  • Instructor’s  Name  • How  do  you  expect  this  writing  course  to  differ  from  your  past  experiences  with  school  

writing?    • What  do  you  think  the  most  important  things  to  know  (or  learn)  about  writing  are?  • What  activities  do  you  think  will  matter  MOST  to  your  grade  in  this  course?  • What  are  your  expectations  for  the  value  of  this  course  (how  useful  it  might  be  to  you)?  

[Choices:  Very  useful,  mostly  useful,  useful,  not  very  useful,  not  useful]  • Please  describe  the  things  you  think  you  might  learn  in  this  class  that  could  be  useful  to  

you  as  you  move  on  through  college  and  out  into  your  careers?  • Please  select  one  of  the  following  choices  to  indicate  your  attitude  towards  this  class:    [  I  

expect  to  enjoy  it;  I  expect  to  enjoy  most  of  it;  I  expect  to  enjoy  some  aspects  of  the  class;    I  don’t  think  I’ll  enjoy  it  much;  I  don’t  expect  to  enjoy  this  class]  

   Appendix  2:  The  2nd  Week  Survey  Questions  (The  actual  survey  questions  might  be  slightly  different  from  this,  because  we’ll  continue  to  think  about  and  edit  them  up  until  the  semester  starts.    But  you  can  check  out  the  actual  survey  here:  https://isuwriting.wufoo.com/forms/z646rkd0ujlq1k/  )      

• Student  Name  • Instructor’s  Name  • Now  that  you’ve  been  in  the  course  for  two  weeks,  how  have  your  expectations  about  

the  course  changed  (or  if  they  haven’t  changed,  explain  how  they’d  stayed  the  same)?  • On  the  last  survey,  we  asked  you  what  you  thought  was  important  for  writers  to  learn.    

Do  you  think  your  ideas  about  this  have  changed  at  all?  (if  yes,  let  us  know  how)  • What  activities  do  you  think  will  matter  MOST  to  your  GRADE  in  this  course?  • Now  that  you’ve  been  in  the  course  for  two  weeks,  please  describe  the  things  you  think  

you  might  learn  in  this  class  that  could  be  useful  to  you  as  you  move  on  through  college  and  out  into  your  careers?  

• What  specific  terms  have  you  learned  about  (name  all  you  can  think  of)  that  you  think  will  be  important  for  this  class?  

• Please  select  one  of  the  following  choices  to  indicate  your  attitude  towards  this  class:    [  I  expect  to  enjoy  it;  I  expect  to  enjoy  most  of  it;  I  expect  to  enjoy  some  aspects  of  the  class;    I  don’t  think  I’ll  enjoy  it  much;  I  don’t  expect  to  enjoy  this  class]  

   

Page 152: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

12  

 Appendix  3:  The  Final  Week  Survey  Questions  (The  actual  survey  questions  might  be  slightly  different  from  this,  because  we’ll  continue  to  think  about  and  edit  them  up  until  the  semester  starts.    But  you  can  check  out  the  actual  survey  here:  https://isuwriting.wufoo.com/forms/z11iyxmc0pswx8s/    

• Your  Name:    • Your  Instructor's  Name:    • Do  you  remember  what  you  expected  to  be  learning  in  this  class  were  at  the  beginning  

of  the  semester?  How  did  the  class  match  up  with  those  expectations?    • How  valuable/useful  did  you  end  up  thinking  the  class  was?  

 Very  Useful    Mostly  Useful    Useful    Not  Very  Useful    Not  Useful    

• What  did  you  learn  in  this  class  that  you  hadn’t  expected  to  learn?    • Can  you  describe  any  skills,  knowledge  or  concepts  you  learned  in  this  class  that  you  

think  you  might  be  able  to  use  in  future  writing  situations?    • What  kinds  of  learning  activities  in  this  class  had  the  most  impact  on  your  grade?    • If  your  class  did  a  self-­‐assessment  activity  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester  (in  the  first  

week),  can  you  tell  us  what  impact  that  activity  on  your  understanding  of  the  course?  

o  I  remember  it  as  an  activity  that  definitely  had  an  impact  on  how  I  

approached  the  class.      o I  remember  the  activity,  and  it  did  impact  my  learning,  but  it  really  wasn't  that  

important  to  me.      o I  sort  of  remember  the  activity,  but  I  don't  think  it  made  much  of  a  difference  

to  my  learning  in  the  course.      o I'm  not  even  sure  I  remember  the  activity,  or  it  didn't  seem  at  all  important  to  

me.  • Did  your  class  discuss  the  term/concept  of  CHAT  (Cultural  Historical  Activity  Theory?).  

If  yes,  can  you  tell  us  (1)  what  you  think  this  terms  means  and  (2)  how  you  might  use  this  concept  when  you  are  writing  in  future  situations?    

• Did  your  class  discuss  the  activity  of  doing  Genre  Research  or  Genre  Analysis  as  an  activity?  Can  you  tell  us  (1)  What  does  this  term  mean  to  you?  and  (2)  How  might  you  use  this  concept  as  a  writer  in  future  situations?    

• Did  your  class  discuss  the  concept  of  "Transfer"?  Can  you  tell  us  (1)  What  does  this  term  mean  to  you?  and  (2)  How  might  you  use  this  concept  as  a  writer  in  future  situations?    

• Did  your  class  discuss  the  concept  of  "Uptake"?  (Some  teachers  in  our  program  would  talk  about  "Proof  of  Learning"  instead  of  using  the  word  "Uptake.")  If  you've  learned  about  this  concept,  can  you  tell  us  (1)  What  does  this  term  mean  to  you?  and  (2)  How  might  you  use  this  concept  as  a  writer  in  future  situations?    

Page 153: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

13  

• Did  your  class  discuss  the  concept  of  "Antecedent  Knowledge"?  If  you've  learned  about  this  concept,  can  you  tell  us  (1)  What  does  this  term  mean  to  you?  and  (2)  How  might  you  use  this  concept  as  a  writer  in  future  situations?    

• Please  pick  the  answer  that  most  accurately  reflects  how  you  feel  the  Grassroots  Writing  Research  Journal  articles  were  used  in  your  class  

o  We  used  them  a  lot  and  they  were  connected  to  the  things  we  learned  

and  talked  about  in  class.      o We  used  them,  but  they  didn't  seem  all  that  connected  to  the  learning  in  the  

class.      o We  didn't  use  all  that  many  Grassroots  articles,  but  the  articles  we  used  

seemed  connected  to  our  learning      o We  didn't  use  many  Grassroots  articles  and  the  ones  we  used  didn't  seem  very  

connected  to  our  discussions  or  learning  in  the  class      o We  didn't  use  the  Grassroots  Journal  article.    

 • Was  there  a  Grassroots  Article  that  you  liked  the  MOST?  Tell  us  about  it!    • Was  there  a  Grassroots  Article  that  you  liked  the  LEAST?  Tell  us  about  it!    • How  would  you  rank  the  difficulty  of  this  class?  

o  Very  Difficult      

o Moderately  Difficult      

o Not  Very  Difficult      o Not  Difficult    

 • Please  select  one  of  the  following  choices  to  indicate  your  attitude  towards  this  class:  

o  I  enjoyed  it      

o I  enjoyed  most  of  it      

o I  enjoyed  some  aspect  of  the  class      

o I  didn't  enjoy  much      o I  didn't  enjoy  this  class    

 Appendix  4:    The  Self-­‐Assessment  Here  is  the  link  to  the  Self-­‐Assessment  Survey:    Some  of  these  questions  may  get  tweaked  a  bit  before  the  2016  semester  begins  https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/RJ7C7V8      Intro:      Welcome  to  English  101.  As  a  student  at  Illinois  State  University,  you  are  already  a  highly  literate  person.    A  writer.  You’ve  already  had  a  lot  of  experiences  with  writing,  and  we’re  not  just  talking  about  grades  here.  Regardless  of  whether  you  think  you  are  (or  have  been  told  that  you  are)  a  good  writer  (or  a  poor  writer),  you’re  definitely  a  writer.  A  literate  person.  But  Composition  as  Critical  Inquiry  (ENG  101)  is  designed  to  help  you  begin  to  think  like  a  writing  researcher  [See  definition  below].      

Page 154: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

14  

Writing  research  is  something  you’ve  already  done  –  but  it  might  not  be  something  you’ve  thought  about  (or  been  taught)  much  about.  Being  able  to  research  writing  effectively  is  a  fundamental,  basic  skill  that  you  can  use  in  order  to  be  more  successful  in  the  writing  you  do  for  school,  work,  and  in  social  situations.    Therefore,  ENG  101  works  to  familiarize  you  with  the  practices  of  writing  research.    We  do  this  by  working  with  all  different  kinds  of  genres  [See  Definition  below]  of  writing.  We  investigate  these  different  kinds  of  writing  “in  the  wild”  (looking  at  how  writing  works  and  how  types  of  writing  can  evolve  in  actual  situations  outside  of  just  classrooms).  We  also  practice  skills  for  learning  to  produce  different  kinds  of  writing  in  response  to  different  situations.        This  self-­‐assessment  is  designed  to  help  you  test  and  think  about  the  writing  research  skills  you  already  have  –  and  those  you  might  not  yet  have  learned.    You’ll  be  seeing  different  samples  of  writing  and  you’ll  be  asked  to  answer  both  multiple  choice  questions,  and  questions  that  are  open-­‐ended  (where  you  write  in  a  response).    Once  you’ve  finished  the  assessment,  you’ll  get  a  chance  to  talk  about  your  answers  with  your  instructors  and  the  other  class  participants.    [Definition:  Writing  Researcher]  What’s  a  Writing  Researcher?    Well,  writing  research  is  when  a  writer  looks  at  writing  (any  kind  of  writing  in  any  kind  of  situation)  and  asks  questions  like:  How  does  this  work?  Why  does  it  work  this  way?    A  Practical  Writing  Researcher  asks  these  questions  as  he  or  she  adapts  existing  writing  knowledge  in  a  new  and  unfamiliar  writing  situation.  The  practical  writing  researcher  not  only  asks  how  and  why,  but  also  how  do  I  do  it?    [Definition:  Genre]  A  genre  is  any  type  of  communication  (written,  oral,  or  visual)  that’s  used  to  convey  a  message.  You’ve  probably  heard  the  word  genre  used  to  describe  basic  categories,  like  different  genres  of  music  (Pop,  Country,  R&B,  Punk),  but  we  use  the  term  to  describe  how  writing  morphs  and  evolves  in  all  kinds  of  different  situations.      A  GENRE,  in  ENG  101,  is  any  type  of  specific  textual  production  that  you  (the  writing  researcher)  can  examine  as  a  unique  example  of  some  kind  of  communication,  created  in  response  to  a  specific  writing  situation.      Background  Information:    (1) Your  Name  (2) Your  Instructor’s  Name  (3) Select  any  of  the  words  below  that  you  think  describe  you  as  a  writer:    

Good Poor Adaptable Creative Competent Interested Enthusiastic Careful

Anxious Slow Average Fast Unclear Independent Accurate Stubborn

(4) How  would  you  describe  your  experiences  with  writing  (in  general)  in  the  past  2  years.       Successful,  mostly  successful,  sometimes  successful,  not  very  successful,  unsuccessful    (5) Try  to  list  5  different  types  of  writing  you’ve  engaged  in  in  the  last  12  months    

a. ________________________  b. ________________________  c. ________________________  d. ________________________  e. ________________________  

Page 155: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

15  

Quiz #1: Taking it Easy This quiz is a pretty easy intro to the kind of work that will happen in your ENG 101 course. Look at the example below, and then answer the questions that follow.  

   1. What is this genre?

a. Text message b. Letter c. Email

2. Explain why you think your answer is the correct genre. How do you know (or why you think) it’s this particular genre? What features do you recognize?

3. What option best describes this type of genre? a. Workplace-related b. School-related c. Community-related d. Social/entertainment-related

4. Explain your answer to question #3. 5. How would you categorize this type of writing/composing? (You may choose more than 1)

a. Informal b. Formal c. Simple d. Complex e. Personal f. Creative g. Professional h. Academic i. Other: ___________________

6. How many different people are generally involved in making and/or using this kind of text? 7. Who has the most “control” in creating this genre? In other words, who decides how it has to

look and what it needs to contain? 8. What tools does a writer need to produce or use this kind of text? 9. What specific tool would you say is the most important for producing this text? Why do you

think so?

Page 156: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

16  

10. What would someone need to know in order to produce (or participate in producing) this kind of text?

11. What are the goals of this kind of text? What does it do? 12. Do you think you could produce a successful example of this kind of text? Why or Why not? Quiz #2: I Like a Challenge (This part of the quiz is similar to the first part, but it’s a bit more challenging). Look at the example below, and then answer the questions that follow.

1. What is this genre? a. Encyclopedia entry b. Magazine article c. Scholarly article d. Abstract e. Internet news article

2. Explain why you think that this is the genre. How do you know (or why do you think) it’s this

particular genre? What features do you recognize?

3. What option best describes this type of genre? a. Workplace-related b. School-related c. Community-related d. Social/entertainment-related

4. Explain your choice for the previous question. 5. How would you categorize this type of writing/compositing? (You may choose more than 1)

a. Informal b. Formal c. Simple d. Complex e. Personal f. Creative g. Professional h. Academic i. Other: ___________________

6. How many different people are generally involved in making and/or using this kind of text?

The  biographies  of  eight  highly  professional  women  form  the  material  for  discussing  how  women  live,  understand,  and  ‘perform’  success.  After  identifying  macro-­‐topics  related  to  success,  the  authors  carry  out  an  analysis  of  the  women's  discursive  strategies  of  self-­‐representation.  They  examine  features  that  are  indicative  of  suppression  or  backgrounding  of  social  actors  and,  related  to  this,  sources  of  ambivalence,  activeness,  and  passiveness.  The  authors  also  describe  the  metaphors  the  women  use  for  constructing  specific  event  models,  which  serve  to  establish  coherent  self-­‐representations  and  unique  life  trajectories.  Four  event  models  were  identified,  systematizing  the  narratives:  symbiosis,  self-­‐made  woman,  creating  one's  space  and  work,  as  well  as  coincidence  and  luck.  Finally,  the  article  investigates  the  ways  in  which  the  women's  stories  reflect  relevant  aspects  of  the  professional  and  organizational  cultures  they  find,  concluding  that  although  all  of  them  are  cooperating  and  non-­‐antagonistic,  they  build  their  own  success  stories  in  small  but  important  ways.

Page 157: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

17  

7. Who has the most “control” in creating this genre? In other words, who decides how it has to look and what it needs to contain?

8. What tools does a writer need to produce or use this kind of text?

9. What specific tool would you say is the most important for producing this text? Why do you think so?

10. What would someone need to know in order to produce (or participate in producing) this kind of text?

11. What are the goals of this kind of text? What does it do? 12. Do you think you could produce a successful example of this kind of text? Why or Why not?

Section Four: Stuff You May Not Know In this part of the assessment, your goal is to identify what you know about the following sample of writing. This sample of writing probably won’t be as easy to identify as the samples from the previous sections. You’ll notice that this excerpt isn’t complete – it is missing important information that would help you identify it. The key skill here is to look closely at the sample and think about what clues it provides – what can you learn about the text by looking closely? Examine the following text and answer the accompanying questions:

Page 158: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

18  

1. What is this genre?

a. Facebook post b. E-mail c. College entrance essay d. Dictionary e. Online newspaper article f. Book review g. Bibliography h. Glossary page i. Abstract j. Blog post k. Wikipedia entry

2. Explain why you think that this is the genre. How do you know (or why do you think) it’s this

particular genre? What features do you recognize? 3. Did you think this example was more difficult to identify that the first two? Why or why not? 4. Can you imagine writing a text that looks anything like this? In what kind of situation can you

image you might do that? What do you think you’d need to know in order to do it? Section Five: Try Your Skills

Page 159: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

     

19  

In this section of the self-assessment, your goal is to use the “raw information” provided to create an example of the chosen genre. Use your computer to go to isuwriting.com/about. Then use the information about the program that you find there to create a mission statement for the ISU Writing Program [Note for instructors: We’ll remove our mission statement before students begin the self-assessment] You may use any skills, tools or resources you have to complete this task. Type your text into the comment box provided. 1. Tell us a little bit about what you did as you tried to figure out how to write this text? 2. If one of the things you did was look at samples online, how do you think you actually used

the sample when writing the text? 3. What was the most difficult thing about producing the sample text? Was it something you

expected from reading the samples or not? 4. How close do you think your sample comes to being “on genre” (a good example of this

particular type of writing)? Why do you think so? 5. As a writer, how confident were you in producing your sample? 6. One of the key skills for being a practical writing researcher is adaptation. In this writing

exercise, can you think of any skills that you adapted? What were they? Section Six: Key Terms and Concepts In ENG 101 this semester, you’ll be learning about some key terms that can be important for writers. You may not know any of these terms right now, and that’s ok. Be we want to get a picture of how many 101 students have had experience with any of these terms before the semester begins. Cultural-Historical Activity Theory (CHAT): Got any ideas what this term means? Can you imagine how a theory might have a practical impact on a writer trying to write something new or different? Genre Research: This term might be a little bit easier. What do you think it might mean? Why would a writer want to do this kind of research? Uptake: We’ll help out a little here. “Uptake” is a thing that people do when they are learning something new (“taking up” new information). Can you tell us why this might be an important concept for writers? Antecedent Knowledge: Again, a little help. “antecedent” means “a thing that existed before.” How and why do you think this might be an important concept for writers, especially writers trying to write in a new situation?

Page 160: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Appendix O: Longitudinal Study Award Application Application for the 2015-2016 Assessment Initiative Awards Submitted  by  Dr.  Joyce  R.  Walker,  Writing  Program  Director,  Department  of  English,  Illinois  State  University    Summary:  This  application  seeks  funding  for  an  ongoing  longitudinal  study  of  ISU  student  writers  as  they  move  through  a  variety  of  academic  and  workplace  writing  settings.  The  study  began  in  spring  2015,  and  will  take  up  to  six  years  to  complete.  Funding  for  the  project  has  been  (and  will  be)  provided  by  the  ISU  Writing  Program  and  the  Department  of  English,  but  because  of  recent  budget  constrictions  we  will  need  to  find  replacement  funding  for  the  spring  2016  portion  of  the  study.      The  data  from  this  study  will  benefit  multiple  audiences.  It  will  be  used  to  directly  improve  our  ENG  101  and  ENG  145  course  curriculum  (and  thus  benefit  the  more  than  1500  students  who  take  the  course  each  year).    It  will  also  be  used  to  develop  a  plan  for  Writing  Across  the  Curriculum  currently  under  development  at  ISU.    Following  the  recommendations  of  the  ISU  Writing-­‐Across-­‐the-­‐Curriculum  task  force  in  2014,  our  study  seeks  to  better  document  the  multiple  kinds  of  writing  students  are  completing  through  their  years  at  ISU,  and  to  better  understand  how  their  coursework  can  positively  influence  their  learning  and  writing  behaviors,  in  academic,  co-­‐curricular,  and  workplace  settings.  Ultimately,  the  study  may  impact  multiple  writing-­‐intensive  courses  throughout  the  curriculum  at  ISU.      Background  for  the  Study:  One  of  the  most  significant  challenges  facing  those  of  us  who  teach  writing  is  the  difficulty  in  assessing  how  the  content  in  one  course  (knowledge  students  may  gain  about  writing  in  a  particular  setting)  can  transfer  to  new  settings.  Because  writing  situations  vary  greatly,  it’s  not  always  possible  to  see  how  learning  in  one  location  is  being  used  in  new  situations  (Russell,  1995).  Fortunately,  the  issue  of  writing-­‐skills-­‐transfer  has  gained  significant  attention  in  recent  years,  with  a  growing  pool  of  research  conducted  in  writing  programs  across  the  country  (See  Wardle,  2012;  Bawarshi  &  Reiff,  2001;  Bergmann  &  Zepernick,  2007;  Rounsaville,  2012).    However,  it  remains  difficult  to  document  how  students  repurpose  and  remediate  their  learning  from  First  Year  Writing  courses  to  the  work  they  do  in  other  writing  situations  beyond  the  first  year.  A  significant  component  of  this  difficulty  is  the  lack  of  longitudinal  research  projects  that  track  student  work  (and  their  narratives  about  their  writing  practices)  across  multiple  years.  This  study  seeks  to  gather  this  type  of  longitudinal  data  for  the  benefit  of  our  program,  for  our  ongoing  work  on  student  writing  across  programs  at  ISU,  and  for  the  advancement  of  knowledge  in  the  field  of  Composition  Studies.    Objectives  of  this  Study:  In  our  Writing  Program  here  at  ISU,  we’re  particularly  interested  in  the  issue  of  transfer.  Our  curriculum  focuses  specifically  on  helping  students  to  build  both  particular  skills  and  overall  writing  knowledge  that  they  can  use  in  a  myriad  of  writing  situations  beyond  ENG  101  and  ENG  145.    We  focus  on  “transfer”  as  a  term  in  our  curriculum,  and  we  provide  students  multiple  opportunities  to  consider  how  their  knowledge  might  be  applicable  in  new  writing  situations,  and  also  how  that  knowledge  may  need  to  adapt  and  change  as  they  encounter  new  types  of  writing.    However,  because  student’s  prior  knowledge  tends  to  be  focused  on  a  fairly  narrow  understanding  of  writing  “skill,”  it  can  be  difficult  for  students  to  take  up  a  more  robust  understanding  of  writing  as  an  activity,  or  

Page 161: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

2

develop  a  more  complex  understanding  of  their  own  writing  skills  and  knowledge.  Their  narrow  understandings  of  writing  skills  tend  to  persist,  even  within  a  curriculum  specifically  designed  broadened  their  perceptions  of  literate  activity  (See  Yancey  et.  al,  2014).    To  both  investigate  the  efficacy  of  our  curriculum  and  to  increase  our  knowledge  of  student’s  use  of  particular  writing  skills  and  concepts,  we  began  an  IRB  approved  study  in  spring  2015  (IRB  #  2015-­‐0075),  which  is  designed  to  supplement  our  end-­‐of-­‐semester  assessments  with  a  more  longitudinal  approach.    The  study  involves  open-­‐ended  interviews  with  students  who  have  completed  ENG  101  at  ISU  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  and  attempts  to  follow  these  students  through  their  subsequent  writing  activities  in  academic  and  co-­‐curricular  situations.    In  spring  2015,  we  were  able  to  conduct  1-­‐hour  interviews  with  ten  ISU  students  who  had  completed  ENG  101  in  Spring  2014.    We  also  collected  writing  samples  from  these  students  (examples  of  current  writing  projects,  which  they  discussed  in  the  interview).  In  each  semester  of  Fall  2015  and  Spring  2016,  we  will  both  re-­‐interview  the  original  group  of  ten  students  and  add  ten  additional  students,  for  a  total  of  30  students  across  three  semesters.  We  plan  to  follow  each  of  these  students  through  an  additional  six  semesters,  in  order  to  track  their  own  narratives  about  how  their  skills  evolve,  as  well  as  samples  of  their  ongoing  writing  projects.  In  some  ways  this  study  hearkens  back  to  early  longitudinal  work  completed  by  Marion  Sternglass  (1997,  2004),  but  with  the  added  component  of  specifically  seeking  to  understand  which  concepts  students  make  most  use  of,  and  adapt  most  freely  across  different  writing  settings  (especially  different  writing  intensive  courses).  Ultimately,  our  goal  is  to  discover  what  concepts  about  writing  seem  most  persistent  for  students,  and  the  usefulness  of  these  concepts  to  a  range  of  writing  situations.    This  knowledge  can  then  help  us  to  develop  curriculum  that  not  only  seeks  to  reinforce  the  most  useful  concepts  in  ENG  101  and  ENG  145,  but  to  develop  ways  for  these  concepts  to  be  reinforced  through  other  writing  experiences  in  their  coursework  as  students  at  ISU.    Time  Frame:    The  entire  longitudinal  study  will  take  6  years  to  complete.  However,  we  can  begin  to  use  data  from  the  interviews  as  soon  as  it  is  collected,  augmenting  and  increasing  our  knowledge  with  each  new  semester’s  interview  data.    As  per  our  IRB  approval,  all  interviews  take  place  in  the  ISU  writing  program  and  are  stored  and  used  according  to  our  approved  protocol.    In  2014,  we  received  funding  from  the  ISU  Department  of  English  for  our  first  semesters  work,  and  we  have  additionally  used  Writing  Program  funds  for  the  expenses  of  the  study  in  fall  2015.    Because  of  budget  constrictions  we  are  seeking  this  additional  funding  to  support  the  spring  2016  portion  of  the  study.    Works  Cited  • Bawarshi,  Anis,  and  Mary  Jo  Reiff  (2011).  Tracing  Discursive  Resources:  How  Students  Use  Prior  Genre  Knowledge  to  

Negotiate  New  Writing  Contexts  in  First-­‐Year  Composition.    Written  Communication,  28:312.  312.337.  • Bergmann,  Linda  S.  and  Janet  Zepernick  (2007).  Disciplinarily  and  Transfer:  Students’  Perceptions  of  Learning  to  Write.    

WPA:  Writing  Program  Administration,  Fall/Winter  2007,  124-­‐149.  • Russell,  David  (1995).  Activity  theory  and  its  implications  for  writing  instruction.  In  Joseph  Petraglia,  Ed.  Reconceiving  

writing,  rethinking  writing  instruction.  Mahwah,  NJ:  Lawrence  Erlbaum.  Pp.  51–78.  • Rounsaville,  Angela.  (2012).  Selecting  Genres  for  Transfer:  The  Role  of  Uptake  in  Students’  Antecedent  Genre  Knowledge.  

In  Composition  Forum  (Vol.  26).  Association  of  Teachers  of  Advanced  Composition.  http://compositionforum.com/issue/26/selecting-­‐genres-­‐uptake.php.  

• Sternglass,  Marilyn  S.  (1997).  Time  to  Know  Them:  A  Longitudinal  Study  of  Writing  and  Learning  at  the  College  Level.  Mahwah,  NJ:  Lawrence  Erlbaum.  

• Sternglass,  Marilyn  S..  (2004).  'It  became  easier  over  time':  A  case  study  of  the  relationship  between  writing,  learning,  and  the  creation  of  knowledge.  In  Zamel,  Vivian;  Ruth  Spack  (Ed.),  Crossing  the  curriculum:  Multilingual  learners  in  college  classrooms;  Mahwah,  NJ:  Erlbaum.  

Page 162: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

3

• Wardle,  Elizabeth.  (September  2012).  Creative  Repurposing  for  Expansive  Learning:  Considering  “Problem-­‐Exploring”  and  “Answer-­‐Getting”  Dispositions  in  Individuals  and  Fields.  In  Composition  Forum  (Vol.  26).  http://compositionforum.com/issue/26/creative-­‐repurposing.php.  

• Yancey,  Kathleen  Liane  Roberston,  and  Tara  Taczak.  Writing  Across  Contexts:  Transfer,  Composition  and  Sites  of  Writing.    Utah  State  UP,  2014.

Budget for the 2015-2016 Assessment Initiative Awards Submitted  by  Dr.  Joyce  R.  Walker,  Writing  Program  Director,  Department  of  English,  Illinois  State  University  Note:    This  budget  offers  a  look  at  the  budgets  for  the  portions  of  the  study  that  have  been  completed  thus  far  as  well  as  the  projected  budget  (Finall  table)  for  spring  2016,  which  is  the  funding  we’re  requesting.    Spring  2015  (Completed)  Activity   Funding   Totals  We  provided  $10.00  gift  certificates  for  the  ten  students  who  participated  in  the  study.    

10  x  10.00   100.00  

We  paid  M.A.  level  graduate  students  to  conduct  10  1-­‐hour  interviews,  to  properly  label  and  store  the  audio  files,  and  to  write  up  reports  on  each  interview  (2  hours  total  per  interview)    

10.00  x  20  hours   200.00  

We  paid  M.A.  level  graduate  students  to  transcribe  the  interviews  

4  hours  x  10  interviews  40  hours  x  10.00  

400.00  

    700.00    Fall  2015  (in  progress,  using  ISU  Writing  Program  Funds)  Activity   Funding   Totals  Provide  $10.00  gift  certificates  for  the  twenty  students  who  will  participate  in  the  study.    

20  x  10.00   200.00  

M.A.  level  graduate  students  conduct  20  1-­‐hour  interviews,  to  properly  label  and  store  the  audio  files,  and  to  write  up  reports  on  each  interview  (2  hours  total  per  interview)    

10.00  x  40  hours   400.00  

M.A.  level  graduate  students  transcribe  the  interviews   4  hours  x  20  interviews  80  hours  x  10.00  

800.00  

    1400.00   Spring 2016 (to be completed with funds from Assessment Initiative Award) Activity   Funding   Totals  Provide  $10.00  gift  certificates  for  the  thirty  students  who  participate  in  the  study.    

30  x  10.00   300.00    

M.A.  level  graduate  students  conduct  30  1-­‐hour  interviews,  to  properly  label  and  store  the  audio  files,  and  to  write  up  reports  on  each  interview  (2  hours  total  per  interview)    

10.00  x  60  hours   600.00  

Page 163: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

4

M.A.  level  graduate  students  transcribe  the  interviews   4  hours  x  30  interviews  120  hours  x  10.00  

1200.00  

Total  Requested  Funding     1900.00  

Page 164: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

  1  

Appendix  P:    Planning  for  Updates  to  ENG  145.13  (with  COB)    ENG  145.13  Updates  and  Planning    Updates    

COB  Study  of  Faculty  Teaching  Writing  Intensive  Courses    

• In  spring  2015  we  completed  a  study  that  interviewed  29  COB  faculty  regarding  the  writing  they  assign  in  writing  intensive  courses.  

• The  data  we  collected  indicated  that  instructors  assign  a  wide  range  of  types  of  writing  (see  Appendix  A  excerpt  from  the  study).    This  is  the  basis  for  our  understanding  that  ENG  145.13  better  serves  students  if  it  offers  the  following:  

o  Information  about  the  wide  range  of  possible  genres  they  may  encounter  in  workplace  and  academic  or  scholarly  settings.  

o Opportunities  to  practice  and  receive  feedback  on  multiple  genres  in  both  workplace  and  academic  settings.  

o Specific,  repeatable  skills  for  approaching  new  kinds  of  writing  in  new  settings.  • The  study  also  indicated  that  a  focus  on  sentence-­‐level  grammar,  punctuation  and  mechanics  is  a  

significant  issue  for  COB  faculty,  with  perhaps  more  emphasis  placed  on  these  issues  as  “stigmatizing”  (i.e.,  writers  who  make  errors  “can’t  write  well”)  than  would  be  typical  of  most  writing-­‐centered  courses  taught  from  a  Writing  Studies  perspective.  

• However,  other  writing  issues,  including  “clarity”  and  research  skills”  also  received  multiple  responses  (see  Appendix  B  excerpt  from  the  study).  

   Plans  for  ENG  145.13    

Discussion  with  Instructors    • In  fall  2015  and  spring  2016  we  are  initiating  a  series  of  workshops  with  ENG  145.13  instructors,  where  we  

discuss  the  findings  of  the  study  and  work  to  consider  the  different  genres  we  teach  in  ENG  145.13  and  how  they  align  with  the  genres  our  study  found  were  most  valued/assigned  in  COB  courses.  

• We  are  also  working  on  ways  to  bring  the  study  data  from  both  of  our  recent  studies  into  each  ENG  145.13  course,  so  that  each  course  will  include  discussions  of  expectations  of  COB  faculty  and  expectations  in  workplace  settings  and  how  the  content  of  the  course  can  help  students  meet  these  expectations.  

 Changes  to  ENG  145.13  

 • Because  of  the  intensity  of  the  focus  on  sentence-­‐level  mechanics  that  seems  to  be  fairly  prevalent  

(although  not  universal)  in  COB  writing-­‐intensive  courses,  we  are  planning  to  add  a  component  to  ENG  145.13  that  includes  a  “sentence-­‐level  skills”  self  assessment  (using  the  online  site  Grammarly).    This  self-­‐

Page 165: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

  2  

assessment  will  be  used  to  track  development  of  skills  throughout  the  semester  and  will  be  used  to  produce  a  personal  “skills  assessment”  at  the  end  of  the  course.1  

• As  part  of  a  revision  to  all  writing  program  courses,  we  will  also  be  working  on  a  “research  skills”  self-­‐assessment  that  helps  students  identify  areas  of  improvement  in  their  research  skills.    This  project  is  part  of  our  ongoing  collaborative  work  with  Milner  Library.  

   Possible  Next  Steps  for  COB    

• If  COB  would  like  ENG  145.13  to  be  more  specific  (and  potentially  more  unified)  in  the  genres  that  it  teaches,  we  will  need  more  research  that  investigates  exactly  what  genres  and  skills  are  assigned  and  expected  in  other  writing  courses  and  how  these  contribute  to  the  overall  skills  you  want  COB  majors  to  posses.  The  29  faculty  we  studied  may  not  represent  in  full  the  range  of  faculty  writing  assignments,  and  our  study  doesn’t  break  information  down  by  major.  So  a  more  in-­‐depth,  widespread  study  of  COB  faculty  writing  requirements  in  different  departments  would  certainly  be  useful.  

• It  could  potentially  be  useful  to  engage  in  more  widespread  faculty  discussions  between  the  Writing  Program  and  faculty  who  teach  writing  intensive  courses.    For  example,  we  could  provide  workshops  that  help  instructors  learn  how  to  tap  into  the  skills  students  learn  in  ENG  145.13.    A  small  pilot  study  in  this  area  could  potentially  be  productive.  

• It  would  also  be  useful  for  the  COB  to  gather  information  from  the  employers  who  employ  significant  numbers  of  ISU  graduates  regarding  the  specific  kinds  of  writing  they  ask  new  employees  to  do,  and  their  sense  of  where  the  most  significant  problems  occur.    This  would  also  be  useful  data  for  thinking  about  changes  to  ENG  145.13  and  other  COB  Writing  Intensive  courses.  

• It  would  potentially  be  useful  for  the  COB  Curriculum  Committee  to  consider  the  creation  of  a  more  vertically  integrated  curriculum,  with  a  more  clear  understanding  of  (a)  what  classes  are  writing-­‐intensive  for  different  majors,  (b)  how  these  classes  can  make  use  of  writing  learned  in  BUS  100  and  ENG  145.13,  and  (c)  how  introductory  courses  can  connect  to  later  writing  courses.  

• If  COB  would  like  to  have  more  sections  of  145.3  available  for  their  students,  then  we  should  initiate  a  discussion  with  the  Provost’s  office  to  find  out  if  funding  to  offer  additional  sections  would  be  available.  

• If  COB  would  like  to  have  ENG  145.13  serve  more  of  a  “gatekeeping”  or  negative  assessment  of  writing  skills  roll,  then  additional  sections  of  ENG  145.13  would  be  needed  to  accommodate  students  who  are  required  to  repeat  the  course.  

     

Appendix  A:    Excerpt  from  COB  instructor  Survey  (page  2)  on  Common  Types  of  Writing  Assigned    Common  Types  of  Writing  Shared  in  ENG145.13  and  Business  Courses:  The  following  responses  were  offered  for  instructors  to  select:      •  Reports:  18  responses    •  Case  Studies:  13  responses    •  Memos/Emails  or  other  Business  Correspondence:  9  responses    •  Reading  Responses  (usually  written  in  paragraph  form):  9  responses    •  Multi-­‐media  Presentations:  8  responses                                                                                                                    1  Our  plan  is  to  make  this  change  to  the  course  by  Fall  2016.  

Page 166: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

  3  

•  Business  Letters  and/or  Memos:  8  responses    •  Job  Materials  (Cover  letters,  Resumes,  Query  Letters,  etc.):  7  responses    •  Business  Plans:  6  responses    •  Proposals:  5  responses    •  Budgets:  4  responses    •  Scholarly  writing  (specifically  modeled  on  scholarly  publications  in  a  field  or  discipline):  3  responses    •  Training  Materials:  2  responses    •  Timed  Essay  Exams:  2  responses    •  Storyboards  (for  Commercials,  Training  Videos,  etc.):  2  responses    •  Scholarly  writing  (specifically  targeted  at  undergraduate  publication):  2  responses    •  Other:  6  responses      Categories  of  Writing:  Instructors  selected  the  following  categories  for  the  writing  assigned  in  their  courses.      •  School-­‐based  Academic  writing  (Essay,  Reports,  Responses,  etc.):  9  responses    •  Workplace  writing:  7  responses    •  Some  combination  of  the  above:  7  responses    •  Technical  writing  similar  to  professional  practice:  1  response    •  Briefs  and  Article  Summaries:  1  response      

Appendix  B:  Excerpt  from  COB  instructor  Survey  (page  2)  on  Successful  Writing  and  Skills    What  are  the  most  important  aspects  of  successful  writing?  

• Grammar  12    • Clarity  8    • Content  Knowledge  6    • Research  Skills  5    • Genre  Conventions  4    • Critical  Thinking  4    • Organization  3    • Student  Selected  Topic  1    • Summary  1    

 Total  Coded  Responses  44      What  skills  are  your  assignments  designed  to  teach?    • Content  or  Subject  Knowledge  9    • Grammar  9    • Critical  Thinking  6    • Analysis  5    • Persuasion  4    • Research  Skills  3    • Genre  Conventions  2    

 Total  Coded  Responses  38  

Page 167: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

  4  

   

 

Page 168: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

Appendix Q: Writing Across the Curriculum Survey Dear Faculty or Instructor: The Illinois State University Writing Program administers ENG 101, ENG 101.10, ENG 101 Urban Ed, and ENG 101 Honors, courses specifically designed to help ISU students gain familiarity with the diverse kinds of writing they may encounter in classroom and the world. As we create resources for our instructors to support our program learning outcomes, we would like to gather input from faculty and instructors across the university. The survey below asks questions about the writing you assign in your courses, especially writing projects and assignments you'd consider "significant." *Significant writing* might include projects or assignments that are an important part of the course grade, or writing that requires both feedback and revision over time, or even smaller/short writing assignments that ask students to learn about issues, topics, or genres that are critically important to their work in particular jobs or disciplines. If you are willing to take approximately 30 minutes to fill out the survey below, you can help us gather much more specific information about the kinds of writing that different instructors assign, which will help us make decisions about our curriculum. If you have questions about the study, or would like to share additional ideas or information about the writing you assign, please feel free to contact us. We'd like to thank you for your efforts to help us improve the quality of student writing at Illinois State University. Sincerely, Joyce R. Walker Associate Professor, Writing Studies Director, Illinois State University Writing Program Department of English Studies Illinois State University phone: 309-438-1402 email: [email protected]

• Your Name *

• Please list all of the courses you teach that include significant writing. *

Page 169: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

• Please share some details about the types of writing that you assign in your courses. *

• Though we don't need to gather explicit details about how instructors grade writing assignments, we are interested in collecting some general information about your grading methods. After reviewing the list of grading methods below, please check all that apply to the ways you grade writing assignments in your courses. * Students turn in work and receive a grade (without comments) Students turn in work and receive a grade (with minimal comments) Students turn in work and receive a grade (with extensive comments) Students turn in work, receive instructor comments, and then revise for a grade Students turn in work, complete peer review activities, and then revise for a grade Self-Assessments: Students comment on their own work and discuss its accuracy, quality, etc. Peer Assessments: Peers not only work to help with revision, but they assess and offer comments on the quality of the work (in terms of grade) Proof-of-Learning: Students are asked to document their knowledge about the type of writing they have completed

• Other types of Grading or Assessment *

• How would you categorize (in general) the writing you assign your courses? * School-based Academic Writing (essay, reports, responses, etc.) Undergraduate Scholarly Writing (for undergraduate research venues) Scholarly Writing for the Discipline (modeled after scholarly publications in the field) Discipline-specific genres (for example, lesson plans in English ed. Other

• What are the most important skills you feel the writing that you assign teaches (or is designed to teach)? *

Page 170: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

• In the major types of writing that you assign, are there certain kinds of skills or knowledge that students demonstrate that tend to make their writing successful? Please share your ideas about what these are (or might be).*

Attach Files If you are willing to share, we would appreciate any samples of the following types of documents (Having these samples will help us to make ENG 101/101.10 more responsive to the kinds of writing that instructors assign and value): * Syllabi for courses you've discussed in the survey * Assignment sheets, handouts, and/or rubrics for specific writing assignments * Models of writing provided for students * Exemplary student work NOTE: We will not share these files with students, but we may use them as part of our faculty discussions about how to prepare students for the writing in their future courses. We may also make use of them in creating training materials for new instructors. The links for uploading files are below.

• Attach a File

• Attach a File

• Attach a File

• Attach a File

• Attach a File

Page 171: Writing Program Annual Report – 2015 Appendicesisuwriting.com/wp-content/uploads/2015/02/Writing... · Flyer!for!theWriting!Program!Internship! ... • Appendix%M:!2016Plan!for!Milner!Library!Collaboration!

• Additional Comments or Ideas?

Note: If you still have additional files you'd be willing to share, then please email them to Joyce Walker ([email protected])